Latihan Soal Ujian Nasional Bahasa Inggris SMP

[Type
the
docume
nt title]
[Type the
document
subtitle]
MANAP
1 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL
Notice is writing or sign to give information, suggestion, or instruction to
public. Notice usually found in the public area (school, hospital, mall, etc).
Example:
Waiting room. It means that this is special room for visitor to wait.
Keep the room clean. It means that we should keep the room clean
Caution is warning or suggestion given to public about the danger or risk

that will be happened. Caution usually found in the public area (school,
hospital, mall, etc.)
Example:
No swimming. It means that we are forbidden to swim in this area.
Dont feed the animals. It means that we are not allowed to feed the
animals.
ALL VISITORS MUST REGISTER AT OFFICE
1. Notice above means . . .

a. Visitors may not register
b. Visitors not permitted to register
c. Visitors have to register first
d. Visitors prohibited to register
2. All visitors must register at office the underlined word has same meaning
as . . .
a. Read
b. Record
c. Report
d. Write
KEEP OFF THE GRASS
3. The following warning means that pedestrians should . . . the grass.

a. Not cut
b. Not water
c. Not keep
d. Not walk on
USE THE HAND DRYER
4. What kind of the text?
a. Caution
b. Notice
c. Advertisement
d. Report
5. What does the notice above mean?

a. We dont have to dry our hands
b. We should use the dryer to dry our hands
c. We should use our hand to dry something
d. We cant use our hand to dry something
KEEP THE ROOM CLEAN
6. What does this notice mean?

a. Do not throw rubbish in the room
b. Do not destroy everything in the room
c. Do not speak in the room
d. Do not sleep in the room
NO ENTRY
7. What does the notice above mean?

a. We are not allowed to walk near the place
b. We are not allowed to come in the place
c. We are forbidden to get out from the place
d. We are forbidden to put something in the place
KEEP CLEAN THE CLASSROOM
8. The sentences above mean . . . in the classroom.

a. Dont make any noise
b. Dont throw rubbish anywhere
c. Put the books on the bookshelf
d. Put the rubbish in the floor
SWITCH OFF ALL ELECTRONIC APPLIANCE WHEN YOU DONT

NEED THEM
9. We will find such kind of instruction in the following places, EXCEPT . . .

a. At home
b. At school
c. In thee office
d. Along the street
IT IS ASHAMED TO COME LATE
10.What does the notice mean?
a. We are allowed to be late
b. We are not allowed to come late
c. We are not allowed to come on time
d. It will be better to come on time
NO SMOKING AREA

a. The place for smoking
b. You shouldnt smoke here
c. You may smoke here
d. This is a place for having fire
REDUCE SPEED NOW
12.We usually find this caution in . . .

a. The lavatory
b. The laboratory
c. The library
d. The road
KINDLY KEEP YOUR DOOR LOCKED ALL THE TIME
13.What does the text mean?

a. The Guests should not let the door open
b. The guests must open the door sometime
c. The guests are not allowed to lock the door
d. The guests are allowed to open the door freely
RESTRICTED AREA , KEEP AWAY
14.The caution means that we . . . the area

a. May not trespass
b. May not leave
c. May have
d. May use
STORE IN A COOL PLACE
15.The caution can be found . . .

a. On a can of coffee
b. On a bottle of medicine
c. On an ice cream carton
d. On a soap powder carton
CAUTION! RISK OF ELECTRIC
16.What does the above caution mean?

a. People are playing around the place
b. It is the place for people to play around here
c. People are not allowed to play around the area
d. You have to be careful because people are playing here
BEWARE OF PICKPOCKET
17.From the text , we know that . . .

a. Pockets are aware
b. Pockets must pick up
c. Pickpockets may beware
d. Pickpockets are around us
NEVER OPEN WHEN HOT

a. Do not open it if it is hot
b. Open it when it begins to be hot
c. This part is hot so you may not touch it
d. If it is really hot it cannot be opened
KINDLY KEEP YOUR DOOR LOCKED ALL THE TIME
19.What is the meaning of LOCKED?

a. Crack
b. Open
c. Fasten
d. Expose
HELP US CREATE A CLEAN AIR ENVIRONMENT , SMOKE ONLY AT

THE DESIGNATED . . .
SMOKING AREA,
YHANK YOU
20.What does the notice above mean?

a. The smokers have to make environment clean
b. People must design the smoking area for the smokers
c. The smokers have to smoke at the certain area
d. We should create a smoking area for the smokers
PLEASE CHECK IN YOUR BEGGAGE ONE HOUR BEFORE TIME
21.Where do you find the caution?

a. At the railway station
b. At the harbor
c. At the airport
d. At the bus station
CAUTION!! SWITCH OFF THE ENGINES WHILE FELLING UP THE

GAS TANK
22.Where do you usually find the notice above?

a. In a garage
b. At a bus station
c. At a petrol station
d. At the airport
WARNING!!
CHOKING HAZARD CONTAIN AMALL PARTS. NOT FOR CHILDREN
UNDER 3 YEARS OLD.
23.The text is usually found in a label of . . .

a. Food
b. Toy
c. Medicine
d. Drink
FOR EXTERNAL USE ONLY

a. We should not eat it
b. We should not use it
c. We should not smell it
d. We should not touch it
WEST SCENT
POWDER COLOGNE FOR MEN
APRAY ON UPPER BODY AFTER BATH
CAUTION!!
FLAMMABLE DONT USE NEAR FIRE
25.Which statement is not true according to the text?
a. We should use it on the upper body
b. We should use it everyday
c. We should use it after bath
d. Only men should use it
26.What does the world FLAMMABLE MEAN?

a. Burn easily
b. Get dry easily
c. Dangerous for health
d. Dangerous for smoking people
PLEASE KEEP CITY CLEAN! DONT DROP LITTER

a. You are not supposed to put the garbage in a dustbin
b. You are not allowed to put the garbage properly
c. You are not allowed to throw the garbage everywhere
d. You are not supposed to clean the garbage in the city
KEEP US GROW WELL! DONT PICK ME OUT
28.Where do you usually find this text?

a. In the zoo
b. In the garden
c. In the playground
d. In the parking area
NO ENTRY! PRIVATE PROPERTY
29.According to the text, the area just for?

a. Some people
b. The owner
c. Every one
d. Visitors
CAUTION! HOT SURFACE DONT TOUCH
30.The notice is usually found . . .

a. In a restaurant
b. In the office
c. In a hall
d. In a steel manufactory
OUT OF ORDER
31.You find this notice on the door a lift in an apartment. It means. ..

a. You cant fix a lift door
b. You can fix the door
c. You cant open the door
d. You cant use the lift because it is broken
WATCH OUT!! SLIPPERY ROAD

32.The
notice means that . . .
a. We must take this road
b. We are not allowed to take this road
c. We should not pass this road
d. We must be careful because the road is slippery
NO DRINKING ZONE
33.What does the zone in the caution above mean?

a. Region
b. Territorial
c. District
d. Area
VIP ROOM
34.The notice above means . . .

a. This is a special room just for rich person
b. This room is a special for visitors
c. This is a special room just for very important person
d. This room is for celebrate person
DANGEROUS TOXIC
35.What does the notice above mean . . .

a. We should beware with the substance since it is poisonous
b. We must be careful to use this toxic
c. We are forbidden to use this toxic
d. We are not allowed to use this substance
ORGANIC ONLY
36.The notice means . . .
a. We can only throw non-organic waste into the garbage can
b. We should throw the rubbish properly
c. We must throw the rubbish in properly
d. We must not throw non-organic waste into the garbage can
37.The word organic has opposite meaning with . . .

a. Natural
b. An-organic
c. Health
d. Fresh
NO DUMPING AREA
38.What does the caution mean?

a. We should throw you rubbish here
b. We must not pick up the rubbish
c. We must bring your own rubbish
d. We must not throw rubbish here
EMERGENCY EXIT
39.This notice means . . .

a. We are forbidden to enter in this door
b. We are allowed to go out in this door
c. We must not to enter in this area
d. In emergency situation we must go out through this door
CAUTION! LIVE CHILDREN PLAYING
40.What does the caution above mean?

a. Children are playing games around the place
b. Children are not allowed to play around the area
c. It is the place for the children to play around here
d. You have to be careful because children are playing there
ATTENTION, PLEASE!!
DONT MAKE ANY NOISES , PLEASE KEEP QUIET WHILE VISITING
THE PATIENTS
IT WILL BE USEFUL FOR THE PATIENTS CURE AND TREATMENT
41.What should the visitors do according to the waning?

a. Keep quiet
b. Make noises
c. Cure the patients
d. Treat the patients
42.What is the purpose of the caution above?
a. To give information
b. To persuade people
c. To ask information
d. To warm people about something
LIVE VEST UNDER YOUR SEAT

a. You are forbidden to sit under the life vest
b. You have to put the life vest under you seat
c. Your vest can be seated in order to save your life
d. In emergency situation , use life vest which is put under the seat
NOTICE!! WATCH YOUR STEP
44.The notice means that people should . . . when they walk

a. Be careful
b. Be noticed
c. Have steps
d. Use watch
SLOWLY PLEASE , SCHOOL ZONE
45.What does above the notice means . . .

a. We should stop in this area
b. We must not drop the students in this area
c. We must be careful because the students are crowded
d. We are forbidden to pass in this area
OPEN 24 HOURS

a. The store open temporary
b. The store open gradually
c. The store open immediately
d. The store open continuously
SHUT THE COMPUTER DOWN AFTER YOU USE IT

a. We should let the computer after using
b. We should be careful to use the computer
c. After using the computer we should shut them down
d. After using the computer we should put them back in the box
PRINCIPAL IS AVAILABLE
48.You see the notice on the wall of your principals room. What does the
notice mean?
a. The principal is absent
b. The principal is in his/her room
c. The principal is sick
d. The principal is not at school
ENGLISH SPEAKING AREA

a. We should speak English in this area
b. We mustnt speak Indonesian
c. We are not allowed to speak English
d. We mustnt speak English
DUE TO HIGH TIDA THE VISITORS ARE PROHIBITED TO GET

CLOSE IN THIS AREA
50.Where do we usually find the notice above?

a. At mountain
b. Tourist resort
c. Forest
d. Beach
STOP SMOKING!!
THE CHILDRENS OF SMOKERS WILL GET BRONCHITIS ,
PNEUMONIA , AND OTHER CHEST INFECTION
51.The best place for this notice is . . .

a. In a school
b. In a hospital
c. In a public area
d. In a library

a. We are forbidden to enter the theater
b. We are not allowed to enter in the operating room
c. We are forbidden to enter in the entertainment place
d. We may not enter the laboratory
WET PAINT
53.Below are the meaning of the notice , except that . . .

a. We should not touch the bench
b. We should not sit on the bench
c. We should not paint the bench
d. We can sit after paint dries
FOR STAFF ONLY

a. Parking is allowed only for working people
b. You must be an employee when you park here
c. Parking is allowed only for employees when parking
d. You must be accompanied by our employee when parking
NO ENTRY!!
EXCEPT ON WEEKEND
55.The caution about means that . . . on Saturday and Sunday.

a. People can enter
b. People cant enter
c. People can enjoy their weekend
d. People cant enjoy their weekend
SWIMMING POOL
OPEN AT AFTERNOON
ADULTS : RP 10.000
CHILDRENS : RP 6.000

a. We can to the pool before lunch time
b. You cant swim here
c. Children get 40% off than adults
d. Children should be under adults supervision
THE CHEMICALS IN PAINT CAN BE HAZARDOUS TO HEALTH
57.What does the word hazardous in the notice above mean?
a. Threatening
b. Dangerous
c. Incidental
d. Accidental
NO LIFEGUARD SERVICES!
SWIM AT YOUR OWN RISK. HUGE WAVES AND STRONG
CURRENT
MAY EXIST

a. Visitors are allowed to swim
b. Swimming is dangerous for lifeguard
c. Swimming along the beach is dangerous
d. There are huge waves and strong current whenever visitors swim
FRAGILE! HANDLE WI5TH CARE
59.Which of the following statements best explains the label?

a. The box contains several glasses
b. The contents of the box are fragile
c. People should hold the box with two hands
d. The glass is light and handy
TURN OFF COMPUTER BEFORE BEGINNING INSTALLATION
60.What does the caution above mean?

a. Switch off the computer when you want to install
b. Start the installation when the computer is still on
c. Install the computer before you switch is off
d. The computer is broken and cant be installed
PARKING BY PERMIT ONLY
61.The notice mean?

a. The parking not only meant for visitors
b. Only people having permission can park their car at the parking lot
c. The visitors are permitted to leave their vehicles at the parking lot
d. People must take the parking tickets before entering the parking lot
WALKING AREA
62.The notice means that drivers . . .
a. Must stop people soon
b. Must walk us people do
c. Can ride as fast as people
d. Cant pass through the area
NO OVERTAKING FROM! THE LEFT SIDE ON
63.What does the sign mean?

a. We may not follow from the left side
b. We should not drive on the left side
c. We mustnt pass from the left side
d. We must be careful on the left side
NO TRESPASSING
64.The following notice is put in front of the garden. The notice means that . . .
a. You mustnt go into the garden without permission
b. The garden is just for people who want to come
c. The owner of the garden is working there
d. Nobody is allowed to enter the garden
SHIRTS
HALF-PRICE UNTIL SATURDAY
65.Which statement is TRUE?

a. The shirt s will be more expensive after Saturday
b. The shirts will be cheaper after Saturday
c. The price of the shirts depends of the size of the shirts
d. The shirts are on sale every Saturday
ANY PERSON WHO TAKE OR REMOVE THE SAFETYEQUIPMENT

(LIFE VEST) IN THIS AIRCRAFFT , SHALL BE PUNISHED UNDER
ARTICLE479 OF INDONESIAN CRIMINAL ACT
66.Where would you find such kind of the caution?

a. Bus
b. Ship
c. Train
d. Plane
RESCRICTED AREA. NO TRESSPASSERS ALLOW
67.The notice below mean?
a. All people can pass through the area
b. A few people can pass through the area
c. No one allowed passing through the area
d. The area is very dangerous
KEEP OUT THE REACH OF CHILDREN

PRESCRRIPTION ONLY MEDICINE
68.Where would you likely find the caution above?
a. on a pack of cigarette
b. on a pack of coffee
c. on a box of drugs
d. on a box of cereal
DANGER!! DO NOT GO INTO THE WATER

69.The following text means that . . .
a. You can swim here
b. It is too risky to swim here
c. It is right place to bring family to play
d. You can take a bath
70.The text above used to . . . someone

a. Congratulate
b. Inform
c. Entertain
d. Invite
KEEP OFF THE GRASS
71.Where word you find the sign?

a. At the supermarket
b. At the hospital
c. At the market
d. At the park
PEDESTRIANSONLY
72.What do the sign mean?

a. Pedestrian can walk in the area
b. People must walk hand in hand
c. Children cannot walk alone
d. Adults should bring kids
DONT BE NOISES
[Type
73.What kind of the text?
a. Notice/caution
b. Caution
the
c. Notice
d. Sign
74.What does the mean?

a.
b.
c.
You must noises
You must silent
We should silent in the area
docume
d. We cant noises in the area
nt title]
BABY ROOM
75.What the meaning of the notice?

a.
b.
It is special place for drivers
Baby cant in here
[Type the
c.
d.
It is special room for baby
Adults must go away from this
document
area subtitle]
MANAP
Greeting card is a piece of paper usually decorated with pictures wich
usually used to give congratulation to someone
There are some kinds of greeting cards :
- Congratulation
- Condolence
- Sympathy
- Greeting recovery
The purpose of the greeting card is to congratulate to someone

There are some important things in greeting card
- The sender
- The receiver
- The contain of the greeting card
Dear Macy,
Congratulation on your success to be the
Director of human Resource of the
Shepherds Bush Studios,
London ! And also your brother, Jhonny , as
the Trainee studio manager
God bless you
1. Who is the Director of Human Resource of the Shepherds Bush
Studios ?
a. Jhonny
b. Creys
c. Macy
d. Kane
Dear Juliette,
All the hard work you have put, all
the sacrifice you have made, has finally
paid off.
Congratulations on your success to
be the winner of the speech contest for
junior high school level 2010 ! we proud of
you.Union Organizer congratulates Juliette on . . .
2. Student
a. Her final goal to have a high level
b. Winning in the speech contest
c. Her hard work to join the contest
d. Her sacrifice to be a junior high school student
Deat Tio,
Congratulations on your success in the final
examination! Always do the best for the future
Ria
3. Why did Ria congratulate Tio ?
a. Tio should prepare for the examination
b. Tio has passed the examination
c. Tio still has the examination
d. Tio will face the examination
Dear Uty ,
I heard that, you have passed the final
examination and got the high nest score in
english subject at your school.
Congratulations! You deserved it
4. Why does reni send the greeting card to uty ?

a. Uty has passed the final exam
b. Reni wants to greet Uty
c. Uty is reni classmate
d. Because Uty is Renis friends
To my best friend , Lucia
You have worked hard and it is time to

have fun. Congratulation on your
success in the exam
5. WhyWith Love
Nurul sends the card ?
a. To express pleasure for her friends success
b. To show her sympathy for lucias exam
c. To share invite someone to cam to her party
d. To share problem with her friend
To : Nia
Please accept my warmest congratulation on your
graduation from ATHIRAH HIGH SCHOOL . I know how
long and hard you have worked and studied. But you
dedication has paid off. And your parents must be very
proud of you accomplishment
Sincerely
6. Which statement is true based on the text above ?

a. Daffa and nia are studying at the same school
b. will graduate from ATHIRAH HIGH SCHOOL
c. advised Nia to study hard to get good mark
d. Nia has just received a congratulation card from Daffa
7. Your parents must be very proud of you accomplishment
The underlined word mean . . .
a. Success
b. Achievement
c. Luck
d. Graduation
Hi . . . Winda ? I heard from Irma that you

are successful in accomplishing your
english conversation course.
Congratulation! I wish all the best in your
life
Love,
Sari
8. Why does Sari send a card to Winda ?

Because . . .
a. Winda misses sari
b. Winda is succesful in her english course
c. Sari is Windas friend
d. Winda is Saris friend
To : Panji
9. What is the card about ?

a. Asking for clarification
b. Congratulation someone
c. Inviting someone
d. Expressing gratitude
10. You deserved it . That means

a. The impressive game
b. The congratulation card
c. The success in the competition
d. The badminton competition
Dear Cindy
Let me congratulation you on your
success at the first winnerof the
english speech contest 2010
Love
Aunt Tika
11. Let me congratulation you on your success
The underline word refers to ...
a. Aunt Tika
b. Sandy
c. Cindy
d. Member of english speech
Dear Susan,
I heard that you have passed the final
exam and got the highest score in English
subject at your school. Congratulation!
You deserved it.
Sisi
12.Why does Sisi send the Greeting card to Susan ?
a. Sisi wanted to greet Susan
b. Because Susan passed the final exam
c. Because Susan is Sisis classmate
d. Susan is Sisis friend
I heard you graduated your study

with honors,... Congratulations! I
hope , you ll get a job early
Your friend
13.What is the text about ?
a. Invitation
b. Greeting
c. Advertisement
d. Announcement
e.
14.What is the kind of the greeting card above?
a. Thank you card
b. Birthday card
c. Congratulation card
d. Condolence card
a.
b.Dear Dewi,
c.
I heard you have finished your study .
d.
e.
Congratulations on you passing the exam.
f. Im so happy for you .
g.Love,
h.Debbie
15.According to the card, why does Debbie send the greeting card? Because
...
a. Debbie has passed the exam
b. Dewi has passed the exam
c. Debbie is happy for Dewi
d. Debbie loves Dewi
e.
f.Dear Dian,
g. Congratulation on your succes
h. May todays succes be just the beginning of your long-life
i. achievement and happiness. Remember the challenges are
j. waiting for you in the coming senior high school. However, I
k.believe you can do your best as you used to be and become
l. the best of all again. Good Luck!
m. Your best friend
n.
16.The text above used to ... someone .
a. Inform
b. Congratulate
c. Entertain
d. Invite
e.
17. Remember the challenges are waiting for you in the coming senior
high school
a. The underlined word refers to ...
a. Salsabila
b. Mira
c. Dian
d. Salsabilas family
b.
c.
18.Remember the challenges . The underlined word has the antonym
as ...
a. Remembrance
b. Land
c. Remind
d. Forget
e. th
f.Nov, 17 2009
g.Dear Andien .
h.Work hard deserves reward . You won the model contest
because you have worked hard. Congratulation. Wish i.
j.you all the best.
k. Yours,
19.What is the type of the text ? Fira
a. Announcement
b. Notice
c. Greeting card
d. Invitation
20.Fira sends the greeting card because ...
a. Andien has won a contest
b. Andien deserves a reward
c. Fira is Andiens friend
d. Andien has worked hard
e.
To Nazifa
f.
CONGRATULATIONS.
g.
You have made us proud.
h.
Have a nice holiday.
i.
I hope this holiday make you feel
j.
better.
k.
Sincerely,
l.
Kamila
21.What is the text about ?
a. Inviting
b. Entertaining
c. Greeting
d. Announcing
e.
22.Who is the sender?
a. Nazifa
b. Kamila
c. Karmila
d. Nasiva
a.
23.From the text, we can learn that ...
a. Nazifa has succes in her activity
b. Kamila has success in her activity
c. Kamila make her parents proud
d. Nazifa make her parents proud
e. Anindya,
Dear
Wishf. you many happy returns of the day.
May God bless you with health, wealth and
prosperity in your life. 22 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL
HAPPY BIRTHDAY
Love
Meita
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
24.What does Meita do for Anindya's birthday?
a. She returns her love
b. Shares her health
c. Gives her prosperity
d. She wishes her many happy returns of the day
e.
25.What is the purpose of this text?
a. To entertain the readers
b. To announce someone's birthday
c. To congratulate someone on her success
d. To give warm wishes on someone's birthday
e.
f.
Dear Dedi,
g.
h.
Congratulation on your success as the
i.
first prize in the speech contest.
j.
k.
Yours,
l.
Shinta
m.
n.
26.What kind of text is it?
a. Advertisement
b. Short Message
c. Invitation
d. Greeting Card
e.
f.
g.
27.Who the winner of the Speech Contest?
a. Dedi
b. Shinta
c. The writer
d. The readers
e.
28.Is the receiver of card the winner of the story telling contest?
a. No, he doesnt
b. Yes, he does
c. No, he isnt
d. Yes, he is
e.
29.Congratulation on your success
a. The opposite word of the underlined word is
a. Well done
b. Fail
c. The winner
d. Lucky
b.
c.Dear Deny,
d.
Congratulation on Your Success as the
beste.student in
yourf. class.
g. Yours,
h. Shinta
i.
j.
30.What is the main idea of the text above?
a. Shinta congratulates Deny
b. Deny congratulates Shinta
c. Shinta invites Deny
d. Deny invites Shinta
e.
31. as the best student in your class.
a. What is the antonym of best?
a. Worst
b. Smart
c. Good
d. Clever
b.
32.Which one of the statements is true?
a. Deny is Shintas father
b. Shinta is very smart
c. Deny is very smart in
his class
d. Shinta is Denys mother
e.
33.How is Shinta on knowing that Deny is the best student in his class?
a. She is very disappointed to him
b. She is angry to him
c. She is sad
d. She likes it
e.
Representing
f. the students of SMP
Global,
g. we would like to congratulate
you h.on winning the semi final story
i.
telling
j. contest. Keep on practicing,
Maya!k. You will win the final story telling
contest
l. next week. May god always
m.
guide
n.
you.
o. Chair person of Students Union,
p.
q.
r.
s.
34.Why did Ramadhan send greeting card to Maya? Because
a. She joined the story telling contest
b. She won the semi final story telling contest
c. She represents the students of SMP Global
d. She will keep on practicing the story telling
e.
35.Who is Ramadhan?
a. The teacher of SMP Global
b. The winner of Story Telling Contest
c. The contestant of Story Telling Contest
d. The Chair Person of Students Union
a.
36.When will the final story telling contest held?
a. Student Organization
b. In the SMP Global
c. Next week
d. Before semi final story telling contest
a.
37.Keep on Practicing, Maya!
a. The same meaning of the underlined word is
a. Come back
b. Stop
c. Always
d. Never
CONGRATULATION
b. !
Toc. : Rahman
I d.
am really happy that you are selected as a
model e.student in Makassar. Always be the best.
Best regard from my parents.
Shinta 25 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL

f.
g.
h.
38.The writer write the text because she wants to ...
a. Announce that Rahman is a model student
b. Congratulate on Rahman success
c. Send his best regard
d. Inform the selection of the best student
e.
39.To whom is the greeting card ?
a. Shintas friends
b. Rahmans friends
c. Shinta
d. Rahman
e.
f.To Mrs. Melly
g.
h.You are a little star twinkle in my
i.heart, Im proud of having a teacher
j.like you
k.
l.Have a nice Valentines day
m.
40.The antonym of the proud in the card above is
a. Ashamed
b. Contented
c. Scared
d. Satisfied
41.Chintya sends the greeting card to Mrs. Melly because ...

a. Mrs. Melly is a little star and twinkle
b. Mrs. Melly is a good teacher
c. Mrs. Melly has a good teacher
d. Mrs. Melly celebrate her valentines day
e.
42.The word nice has a some meaning is ...
a. Good
b. Bad
c. Dark
d. Ugly
e.
f.
Dear Lusi,
g. card comes with living wishes
This
h.
especially for you. To wish you lots of
i.
happiness today and all year thought
j.
k.
Happy new year 2012
l.
Love : Shinta
m.
n.
o.
43.The word wish in the next nearly means ...
a. Look
b. See
c. Want
d. Hope
44.The purpose of the next above is ...

a. To remind someone about new year
b. To inform everyone about new year
c. To greet someone for the new year
d. To invite someone to a new year
45.The word you refers to ...

a. Lusi
b. Sanata
c. Lala
d. Shinta
46.of happiness today. The antonym of happiness is, except ...

a. Worth
b. Ugly
c. Glad
d. Bad
e.
Finally you didi it!
f.
g.
You have finished your study with cum laude.
h.
You achievement proves you are the best.
i.
j.
You are really deserve it, buddy
k.
Congratulation!
l.
m.
47.What is the kind text about of the greeting cards above?
a. Sympathy card
b. Congratulation card
c. Birthday card
d. Thank you card
e.
48.The write sends this greeting card because ...
a. His/her friend has gruduated from his/her school with the best
achievement
b. He/she dot the best achievement at school
c. His/her friend has won a competition
d. He/she graduate from his/her high school
49.You are really deserve it, buddy ."

f. The underlined word means ...
a. Buddy
b. The best achievement
c. Achievement
d. Study
g.
Pro: Gita
h. Congrats
You deserve it
i.Youre really the
winner
j. Were proud of
you
Shinta and
50.What is the purpose of the text?
a. To Invite someone
b. To congratulate someone
c. To give information
d. To find information
k.
51.What makes Shinta and her friends proud of?
a. Gita has got a prize
b. Gita has passed the exam
c. Gita has graduated from school
d. Gita has won a contest or game
l.
Dear Tommy,
m.
n.
I heard that you have passed the final
o.
p.exam and
got the highest score in English
q.
r.subject at your
s.school.
Congratulations!
t.
You deserved it.
u.
v.
w.
52.Tommy is Aunt Susans ..
a. Niece
b. Nephew
c. Cousin
d. Brother
53.Aunt Susan congratulated Tommy because .

a. He has got the worst score in the final exam
b. He has got the highest score in an English contest
c. He has won a prize
d. He has passed the final exam and got the highest score in English
subject at his school
54.at your school. The underlined word refers to ...

a. Satriani
b. Dilla
c. Susan
d. Tommy
x.
Dear Lisa,
y.
z.
Congratulations on your winning
aa.
the first prize of the English
ab.
debate competition. I heard it
ac.
from your Mom.
ad.
ae. Love,
af. Ella
55.Lisa has won
a. The second prize of English debate
b. The second prize of English speech contest
c. The first prize of English speech contest
d. The First prize of English debate competition
56.Ella heard the news from

a. Lisas friend
b. Her friend
c. Lisas mother
d. Her mother
57.The word your refers to ...

a. Lala
b. Lina
c. Lisa
d. Lia
ag.
ah.
To : Tiara
ai.
aj.
Hopefully this special day give you spirit
ak.
to face your life. Be successful in your
al.
career and family.
am.
Happy birthday
an.
Love,
ao.
ap.
aq.
58.Who is the sender of this card?
a. Tara
b. Tiara
c. Marsel
d. Marcell
ar.
59.Marcell is sending this special card because ...
a. To congratulate Tiara celebrate her birthday party
b. To share problem with his best friend
c. To congratulate Tiaras birthday
d. To invite someone to come to his birthday party
60.Why does Marcell send the greeting card to Tiara?

a. Because Tiara celebrate her birthday party
b. Bacause Tiaras is Marcell friend
c. Because Tiara is good career
d. Because Tiara is successful in her career
as.
at.
Dear, Angel
au.
I wish you a marry Christmas and
av.
happy new year 2012 . May god bless
you .
Love
aw. Dewa
61.What is the kind of the text above?
a. Short message
b. Letter
c. Notice
d. Greeting card
62.The purpose of the text above?

a. To congratulate someone
b. To say spmething to someone
c. Give information to someone
d. To tell something to someone
63.I wish you a marry Christmas

ax. The underlined word has some meaning is ...
a. Remember
b. Expect
c. Remind
d. Hope
64.Who is angel ?
a. Aunt
b. Uncle
c. Dewas angle
d. Dewas friend
ay.
az.
Dear Vita
ba.
Congratulations for your graduation.
bb.
bc.
I hope your graduation is a beautiful
bd.
page in the story of your
be.
life.
bf.
Fauzi
bg.
bh.
65.Who is Fauzi?
a. Vita`s mother
b. Vita`s friend
c. Vita`s son
d. Vita`s grandma
66.What is the purpose of the text

a. To entertain someone
c. To inform someone about something
d. To greet someone
67.Congratulations for your graduation. The word your refers to ...

a. Vita
b. Yuzni
c. Shinta
d. Lara
68. Beautiful. The antonym of that word is ...

a. Ugly
b. Nice
c. Glad
d. Bad
bi.
bj.
Dear Leni,
bk.
Im happy so that you are
bl.
promoted as the chairman of
OSIS in your school.
bm.
Congratulation wish you all the
bn.
best future
bo.
bp. Regards
bq.
69.Muty send the greeting card because ...
a. Leni got promitted
b. She wishes to meet Leni
c. She loves Leni
d. She admired Leni
70.Who is Leni?
a. Mutys friend
b. New Chairman of OSIS
c. Mutys classmate
d. The receiver
br.
bs.
To: Ratih
bt.
Id like to congratulate you on passing
bu.
your exam. I hope you are always
bv.
successful.
bw.
bx.
Love,
by.
Joshua
bz.
71.Why does Joshua send the card? Because
a. He wants to tell Ratih about his exam.
b. His exam is difficult to do.
c. He wants to congratulate Ratih.
d. He wants to be successful
ca.
cb.
cc.
cd.
72.Who is the writer of the text?
a. Someone
b. The reader.
c. Joshua.
d. Ratih.
73.The text above is

a. Shopping list
b. Advertisement
c. Announcement
d. Greeting Card
ce.
Congratulation on your position,
cf.
My sweetheart, Dana
cg.
Always believe in you. Listen to your
ch.
heart.
ci.
Trust your instinct. Know you can
cj.
ck.
Love,
cl.
Raushana
cm.
74.Who has just received a promotion?
a. My Sweetheart
b. Raushana
c. You
d. Dana
75.Always believe in you. The word you refers to ...

a. Dani
b. Rosihan
c. Dana
d. Raushana
cn.
co.
cp.
cq.
cr.
cs.
ct.
Short message is message written or oral sent or left someone when he
doesnt meet directly
How to make a good short message
- Write or say as short as you can
- Use a simple language
The purpose of the short message is to give information to someone
There are some important things to know in a short message
- Who is the sender
- Who is the receiver
- What is information about
cu.
cv.
Tocw.
: Santi
cx.
Ive just got the news that our grandmother
passed
cy. away tow hours ago. We are going
to
cz.leave for Purworejo soon to attend the
funeral.
da.
1. WhatPlease betell
does Tati here before 7pm.
Santi?
a. The death of their grandmother
b. The plan to have a burial ceremony
c. The plan to do it before 7pm
d. The ceremony for the death person
db.
dc. From +6285342583586
dd. Dear Dinda,
Were really sorry to tell you that. Uncle Jack
de. passed away at 7a.m , yesterday . He had a
df. wonderful 75 years of life so dont be so sad.
dg. May his soul rest in peace
dh. Love , Laura and David
di.
dj.
dk.
dl.
2. Who died at the age 75?
a. Dinda d. Uncle Jack

b. David
c. Laura
e.
From +6285796775899
f.
Just to inform you that the meeting will
g.
be cancelled for tomorrow Mon, 23 rd
h.
May 2009 at 10a.m as the principal will
i.
arrive from Singapore tonight.
j.
3. From the text we know that ...
a. The principal was away when the message was sent
b. The sender cannot attend the meeting
c. The principal will wait for the meeting that day
d. The sender was in Singapore when he sent the message
k.
4. The short message is written to ...
a. Inform the cancellation of a meeting
b. Say that the principal wont come
c. Tell what has happened in the meeting
d. Inform that the sender has just arrived from Singapore
l.
m.
From +628577683733
n.Dear Rheny
o.I am sorry for accusing you of losing my biology
p.workbook. When I arrived home, I found the
q.book on my bed .
r. I hope you will forgive me so we can be friends
s.again. I promise I will never do a stupid thing
5. What is purpose of the messages?
a. To ask for an apology
b.To promise about something
c. To inform that something is lost
d.To accuse someone of doing something
t.
u.11 January 2010
v.To : Club meeting members
w.Please note that the club meeting that was
x.scheduled for today is cancelled due to class
y.renovation.
z. The Board
6. From the text we know that ...
a. The club meeting was on schedule
b. The board cannot attend the meeting
c. The meeting is cancelled because the class is renovated
d. The club members are not allowed to attend the meeting
7. The purpose of the text is to
a. Describe about the meeting
b. Tell that meeting is cancelled
c. Inform that the board cannot come
d. Inform that the class is being renovated
Dear Melinda,
I used Aunties mobile. What time are you
going to mobile is left at home. Would you
please bring it for me when you are going
here? It is in the drawer in my room. Thank you
aa.
ab.
ac.
ad.
ae.
af.
8. Why does Tatiana send the message to Melinda?
a. To bring her mobile to their aunts house
b. To keep Melindas mobile in Tatianas drawer
c. To bring their aunts mobile to her house
d. To ask Melinda to go to their aunts house
ag.
Dear Mira ,
ah.
I am sorry I have to tell you that I
ai.
cant come to your house to work on
aj.
our project as we have planned
ak.
before . An unexpected thing
al.
am.
happens . My grandma must be
an.
hospitalized soon . Ill tell you about
9. What is Dindas purpose to write such kind of messages?
a. To tell about her sick grandma
b. To give information about the delay of an activity
c. To ask Mira to work on their project
d. To persuade Mira to change the project
ao.
To : Miko
ap.
I am having a camp for two days.
aq.
ar.
Dont forget to feed the cat and rabbits when I am away.
as.
Thank you
at.
Ira
10.Why does Ira ask Miko to feed the pets?
a. She is camping
b. She has a picnic
c. She has a lot of work to do
d. She is sick
au.
av.
aw.
Monday, February 9 , 2009
ax.
Dear The Scout Member
ay.
Please excuse me, I couldnt go to school.
az.
I didnt feel well and stayed in bed all day.
ba.
I had a sore throat and a temperature so we couldnt
bb.
practice semaphore today.
bc.
And we will practice it five days later.
bd.
Thanks for your attention!
be.
The Scout Leader
11.When will they practice semaphore?
a. On Tuesday
b. On Wednesday
c. On Friday
d. On Saturday
bf.
12.What is purpose of the text above?
a. To invite
b. To inform
c. To instruct
d. To remind
bg.
bh.
Anto !
bi.
Please tell our home teacher, Miss Rahma that today I cant join the class
. Ibj.
must accompany my mother to hospital while my father is out of town.
bk. here a letter but I am afraid it could not arrive in her hand on time ,
I sent
13.The text indicates
Thanks that (...Haris )
for your help
a. Miss Rahma is Hariss mother
b. Haris must accompany her father to hospital
c. Anto is Hariss classmate
d. Hariss letter arrived in this teacher on time
bl.
14.From the text we can conclude that ...
a. Miss Rahma is Haris and Antos teacher
b. Haris mother is sick because his father is away
c. Haris thanked Anto for his help
d. Haris missed the lessons on that day
bm.
15. but I am afraid it could not arrive in her hand on time
bn.What is the antonym of the underlined word?
a. Worry
b. Nervous
c. Believe
d. Possible
e.
f.From 08345758333
g.Just to inform you the meeting will be
h.cancelled for tomorrow Mon, May 23
i.09 at 10 am. As the principal will
j.arrive from Singapore tonight.
16.From the text we know that ...
a. The principal was away the message was sent
b. The sender cannot attend the meeting
c. The principal will wait for the meeting that day
d. The sender was in Singapore when he sent the message
k.
l. Lin? What will u do this weekend? Do u
m. have any plan? I have 2 free pass tickets
n.to watch in twenty one theater. I want to
o.ask u to go with me. We can choose the
p.title of the movie we want to watch but
q.the time must be at 10:00 am. Please
r.reply me a soon as possible. I hope u can
s.
17.When will Irma go to the theater?
a. In the morning
b. Last week
c. Next week
d. At night
t.
18.What kind of movie will Irma watch?
a. Anything
b. Comedy
c. Horror movie
d. Romantic
u.
19. I have two free pass tickets ... What does the underlined the word
mean?
a. One way
b. Cheaper
c. Returned
d. Unpaid
v.
w.
Dear Adela ,
x.
y.I cant accompany you to the shop this Afternoon. I
z.have to visit aunt Yuli at the hospital. Tomorrow
afternoon will be okay, right dear?
aa.
Mother
20.According to the text ...
a. Mother has to stay at the hospital
b. Mother will buy the shoes with aunt Yuli
c. Adela will buy her new shoes this afternoon
d. Adela can buy her new shoes tomorrow afternoon
ab.
Dear Fitri,
ac.
Dont forget to pick up your sister at the
ad.
English course at 05:00 p.m. Mommy is
ae.
still in the office now.
af.
Ill be home soon.
ag.
ah.
Love,
ai.
21.What is Fitris mother doing now?
a. Working at the office
b. Picking up Fitris sister
c. Waiting for Fitri at home
d. Joining the English course
aj.
22.What is Fitris mothers purpose to write the message above?
a. Ask Fitri to be home soon
b. Help Fitri to remember her job
c. Tell Fitri she is in the course
d. Remind Fitri to pick up her sister
ak.
al.Dear Marina,
I am.
am sorry to inform you that our friend , Fauzia Ahmad ( 25
years ) passed away on Saturday , February 27 th , 2010 at 20
an.
p.m after being hospitalized for 10 days .
ao.
She will be buried in Kenanga Cemestry , Sunday February
ap. th
aq.28 , 2010 at 10 am .
23.How long had Fauzia Ahmad been sick?
a. 7 days
b. 8 days
c. 9 days
d. 10 days
ar.
as.
at.
au.
av.
aw.
ax.
Due to the bad weather outside. Bedugul and
ay.
Tanah lot Visits are postponed.
az.
The passengers are welcome in the lounge.
ba.
Well from any progress soon.
bb.
Sorry for the inconvenience. Thank you.
bc.
bd.
be.
24.Where will the passengers kill their time?
a. In Bedugul
b. In Tanah Lot
c. In the Lounge
d. In the lobby of a hotel
bf.
25.The purpose of the message is to ...
a. Tell the passengers that the trip to Bedugul and Tanah Lot is delayed
b. Tell the passengers that the trip to Beudugul and Tanah Lot is
cancelled
c. Ask the passengers if the trip to bedugul and Tanah Lot is postponed
d. Explain the bad weather outside
bg.
bh.
bi. Addan,
Dear
I cant accompany you to the mall this afternoon. I
bj.
have to visit aunt Yuli at her home. Tomorrow
bk.
bl.afternoon will be okay, right hon?
26.WhatLove
is theyou, mommy
purpose of the text above?
a. To inform a cancellation to someone
b. To explain about some event
c. To describe something
d. To report about aunt Yulis home
bm.
I am having a meeting with the headmaster
bn.
at 09.00 am
bo.
We should cancel our competition till 11.00
bp.
27.What does the short message mean?
a. They will have a meeting at 11.00 a.m
b. They may have competition at 09.00 a.m
c. They wont have competition until 11.00 a.m
d. Their competition will be start at 09.00 a.m
bq.
br.
28.The short message above mean ...
a. Their competition was on time
b. Their competition was in time
c. Their competition was cancelled
d. Their competition was earlier
bs.
bt.
bu. Monday, February 9 , 2009
bv.
Dear, The Scout Member,
bw.
Please excuse me, I couldnt go to school. I
bx.
didnt feel well Im stayed in bed all day. I had a
sore throat and a temperature so we couldnt
practice semaphore today. And we will practice it41 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL
five day later.
Thanks for your attention!
by.
bz.
29.When will they practice semaphore?
a. On Tuesday
b. On Wednesday
c. On Friday
d. On Saturday
ca.
30.What is the purpose of the text above?
a. To invite
b. To inform
c. To instruct
d. To remind
cb.
cc.
English Club Member
cd.
There will be no meeting this week.
ce.
I will let you know when the club will
cf.meet again.
The Chairman
cg.
31.From the message we can conclude that ...
a. The chairman will not let this his members meet again
b. The chairman will meet no members of the English Club this week
c. The school wont meet members of English Club again this week
d. This week the members of English club have no meeting as usual
ch.
ci.Dear Shinta ,
cj.Please meet me in the canteen at the
ck.first break. I will tell you a secret see you
cl.Fauzy
cm.
32.What does Fauzy want Shinta to do at the first break?
a. She discusses a problem with him
b. She has a chat with him
c. She does her homework with him
d. She meets him in the canteen
cn.
33.I will tell you a secret . The underlined word means ...
a. Something that someone must be known
b. Something that someone mustnt be known
c. We all must know about it
d. No one know about it
co.
To : All Osis Members
cp.
Please note that the OSIS meeting is cancelled
cq.
since the OSIS room is being renovated and
cr.
others room are occupied .
cs.
Chairman
Tuty
ct.
cu.
cv.
34.The cancellation note is addressed to ...
a. Tuty
b. OSIS members
c. The chairman
d. Student
cw.
35. and other rooms are occupied . The underlined word means ...
a. Got
b. Done
c. Used
d. Repaired
cx.
Dear Dewi,
cy.
cz.
Nita got an accident today on her way to Rikas
da.
house. Now she is hospitalized at Rumah Sakit
db.
Wahidin. What if we visit her. Thanks!
dc.
( Uty )
dd.
de.
df.
dg.
dh.
di.
36.Which statement is true according to the text?
a. Nita went to Utys house
b. Dewi asks Uty to visit Nita
c. Dewi to hospitalizes now
d. Uty asks Dewi to visit Nita
dj.
37.She is hospitalized at Rumah Sakit Wahidin . The underlined words
means . .
a. Live
b. Stay
c. Visit
d. Sick
dk.
Dear Aditia ,
dl.
Could you tell Sopie that cant come to her
dm.
birthday party. I am not very well now. Thanks!
dn.
Andri
do.
dp.
dq.
dr.
ds.
38.Why cant Andry come to Sophie birthday party?
a. She is very busy
b. He is not very well
c. He doesnt know the party
d. He is very tired
dt.
du.
To Diana
dv.
Remember, we have had appointment to go to the book store
dw.
after school. I will be waiting you at the school gate be on
dx.
time, will you? Thanks
dy.
( Tary )
dz.
ea.
39.What does the text about?
a. Doing an activity after school
b. Going to the bookstore together
c. Going home together
d. Arriving at the school on time
eb.
ec.
ed.
ee.
40.Remember, we have had an appointment to go to the bookstore after
school.
ef. The underlined word has similar meaning to ...
a. Appreciation
b. Foundation
c. Engagement
d. Enrichment
eg.
41.Remember we have had ... ( line 1 ) . The words we refers to ...
a. Diana
b. Tari
c. Dianas friend
d. Diana and Tary
eh.
Weni. Dont forget to come to my house. We must finish our
ei.
paper assignment. See you at 04.00 p.m. Thanks :D
ej.
Adelia
ek.
el.
em.
42.What are Weni and Adelia going to do after that afternoon?
a. They are going to study together
b. They are going to go somewhere together
c. Adelia is going to visit Weni
d. They are going to discuss about something
en.
43.We must finish our paper assignment. What does the underlined word
mean?
a. Task
b. Duty
c. Work
d. Homework
eo.
ep.
eq.
er.
es.
et.
eu.
ev.
ew.
44.The scout meeting is cancelled because of Mr. Browns ...
a. Absence
b. Meeting
c. Coming
d. Information
e.
45.Please forward the others ...
f. The words others refers to ...
a. Dona and Riry
b. Riry and Mr. Brown
c. Mr. brown and Dora
d. Scout Members
g.
h.Dear Hesty,
i.Im out for lunch and shopping with your sister. I wont
j.be back until dinner. I have left your lunch in the
k.refrigerator. You only need to pop it into the microwave
l.
to warm it up. See u later, sweet hearth.
m.
n.( Mother )
46.Who is Hesty?
a. The writers neighbour
b. The writers daughter
c. The writers maid
d. The writers friend
o.
p.Dear Mahesa,
q.I borrowed your English book. I need it
r.
because, I left my book at home. I will return
s.
t.
your book tomorrow. Thank you! ( Puput )
47.Why did Puput write the message?
a. To remind Mahesa to bring book
b. To tell Mahesa about the book she borrowed
c. To persuade Mahesa to give the book
d. To lend Mahesa an English book
u.
v.Dear Icha,
w.Father and I are on our way to Duren Sawit. Your
grandmother
x. is very ill. She has been admitted to hospital.
y. try to back carlg tonight.
We will
z.
aa.
48.Why did Ichas parent go to Duren Sawit?
a. To visit her grandmother
b. To visit her grandmothers friend
c. To be admitted to the hospital in Duren Sawit
d. To visit her grandmother who is hospital
ab.
49.She has been admitted to hospital
ac. The underlined word has the same meaning with?
a. Hospitalized
b. Enter
c. Bring
d. Cure
ad.
ae.
af.
ag.
ah.
ai.
aj.
ak.
al.
am.
an.
50.How long will Putry be away from school?
a. One day
b. Two days
c. Three days
d. Four days
ao.
ap.
From: 081232567776
aq.
It is informed to all Telkom Manias in Makassar that our
ar.
meeting at Karebosi field on Monday at 4 p.m will be
as.
delayed to Friday at 4 p.m because of the bad weather.
at.
51.How long will meeting delayed?
a. Three days
b. Four days
c. Two days
d. Five days
au.
52.Why the meeting is delayed?
a. Because the members is sick
b. Because the leaders are in the outside Makassar
c. Because the bad weather
d. Because the customer is angry
av.
aw.
ax.
53.What is the number of the sender?
a. 081232566776
b. 081232567776
c. 081232556776
d. 082232567776
ay.
a. To inform the cancellation of a meeting
b. To send news to the Telkom manias member
c. To give information the Telkom manias members
d. To let the Telkom manias know about the new information
az.
55.What the antonym the words bad?
a. Ugly
b. Good
c. Wonderful
d. Exciting
ba.
Dear
bb. Hendra,
I want join in Makassar, and I want to look your apartement.
bc.
And can I stay in your apartment only three days? Because I
bd.
dont know well about Makassar, Im new firstly come in
be.
Makassar . If you permission me, do not forget to reply my
bf.
message. Okay? Thanks before! ( Indra )
bg.
bh.
bi.
56.Who is want stay in the apartement?
a. Hendra
b. The receiver
c. Indra
d. Hendras classmate
bj.
bk.
57.How many days the sender stay in the apartement?
a. Two days
b. Three day
c. Four days
d. Three days
bl.
58.Where Indra stay if he in Makassar?
a. His grandmothers home

b. His parents home
c. His friends apartment
d. His aunts home
e.
59.What the synonym the words join?
a. Come
b. Take
c. Follow
d. Arrive
f.
60. I want to look your apartment. For who the underlined word of the text?
a. Indras parents
b. Indras friends
c. Hendras friends
d. The sender
g.
h.
Just to let you know that the Basketball Court still used until 08.00
i.am . So our competition at 09.00 am . will be cancelled until 10.00
j.am
k.
From the committee
l.
m. 2010-02-11
61.From the text we know that the competition will start at ...
a. 07.00 p.m
b. 09.00 a.m
c. 08.00 a.m
d. 10.00 a.m
n.
62.The short message above used to ... the competition .
a. Finish
b. Have
c. Inform
d. Do
o.
63.When the sender send the message?
a. 11-02-2010
b. 12-02-2010
c. 11-02-2011
d. 10-02-2010
p.
q.Dear Mr. Kaswadi

r.I want to you know that I not join in your
s.English class tomorrow. I must go to
t.Jakarta with my parents for visiting my
u.grandma who is sick now. I will be back
64.When Lina backThanks!
Saturday. from Jakarta?
a. Friday
b. Saturday
c. Sunday
d. Monday
v.
65.Why Lina cannot join in Mr. Kaswadis class?
a. Because she must accompany her parents
b. Because she must join to Jakarta
c. Because she must go to Jakarta to visit her grandma
d. Because she is sick
w.
b. To ask information
c. To ask permission
d. To give instruct
x.
y.To : Shafa
th
z.Sunday, 16 January 2011
Shafa, I do apologize that I could not go
aa.
ab.
swimming with you as I have to pick up my
ac.
mother in the airport. Lets arrange another
ad.
time to swim next week.
ae.
Thank you!
af.
67.What does the message tell us about?
a. Marwahs apology for not being able to swim
b. Marwahs appointment with his friends
c. Marwahs appointment with his grandpa
d. To Marwahs apology for picking up his mother
ag.
ah.
68.According to the message , Marwah is going to swim with Shafa ...
a. Next week
b. Next Sunday
c. Next Monday
d. Next Month
ai.
69.Who the sender of the text?
a. Shafa
b. The mother
c. The grandpa
d. Marwah
e.
f. Dear Akira,
g.I am sorry I have to tell you that I cant come to your
h.house to work on our project as we have planned before.
i. Unexpected thing happens. My grandma must be
j. hospitalized soon, Ill tell you about our plan later.
k.Kirana
l.
70.From the message above we know that ...
a. Kirana and Akira have to work together on their project
b. Kirana expects Akira to stay in the hospital with her
c. Kiranas grandma involves in the project
d. Kirana and her grandma will meet Akira at the hospital
m.
71.What Kiranas purpose send the message?
a. To persuade Akira to change the project
b. To give information about the delay of an activity
c. To tell about her sick grandma
d. To ask Akira to work on their project
n.
o.
Sender: Tita
p.
Sunday, 7th February 2010 , 2 p.m
q.
Ina, our plan to see a film at 4 this afternoon
r.
is delayed by Milla, because she has
s.
t.something to handle. She will finish it until 5
p.m. She asked me to pick her up at 6 p.m.
u.
72.According to the short message above, Ina and Tita are going to?
a. Meet Mila
b. See a film
c. Pick Milla up
d. Help Milla do her job
v.
w.
73.The purpose of the message is to ...
a. Ask someone to help a friend
b. Tell the plan of seeing a film
c. Invite someone to have a meeting
d. Inform someone about the changing of seeing a movie time
x.
y.
z.
aa.
ab.
Sender: Ardy
ac.
Bambang , our plan to have a picnic today is postponed by
ad.
Mrs. Sendy because of the heavy rain . Shes just informed
ae.
me the picnic will be done tomorrow.
af.
ag.
74.According the short message , Ardy and Bambang are going to have a
picnic on ...
a. Sunday
b. Monday
c. Tuesday
d. Wednesday
ah.
a. To invite someone to have a picnic
b. To ask someone to join a vacation
c. To tell the plan of having a trip
d. To inform someone about the changing of the picnic time
ai.
aj.
ak.
al.
am.
an.
ao.
ap.
aq.
ar.
Invitation is invitation given to someone to attend the important evens such
as birthday party, wedding party, dinner party, etc.
In the invitation usually written such as:
- Someone who invited
- Place
- Time/date/day
- Someone who invites
The purpose of the invitation is to invite someone.
as.
at.
au.
Dear Santy av.
I want you to come to my house aw.for lunch
On Sunday at 11 am ax.
Thanks
ay.
Mita
1. When does Mita expect Santy to come to her house?
a. In the morning
b. In the afternoon
c. In the evening
d. At night
az.
2. From the invitation card above, we know that Santy is Mitas
a. Father
b. Teacher
c. Grandfather
d. Close friend
e.
f.
g. You and your partner are invited to attend
h. Eleanor mc Kayss
i. 15th birthday
j. In the Cocino Green House
k. 24th January 2008 at 7.00 P.M.
l.
3. How old will Eleanor Mc Kays be in 2016?
a. 20
b. 21
c. 22
d. 23
e.
4. When was Eleanor Mc Kays born?
a. In 2003
b. In 2005
c. In 1993
d. In 1995
f.
g.
h. Im having a party and you are invited
i. place 245 Bezoon, apt 3 Boston
j. Day/date, Saturday June 7th
k. Time, 7.30 p.m
l. Bring a
m. friend
n.
5. Where will the party be held?
a. In a town hall
b. In a apartment
c. In a friend house
d. In a meeting room
o.
6. What is the writers purpose to write the text?
a. To describe a party
b. To inform Teressas birthday
c. To invite Teressas friends to the party
d. To announce my party
p.
q.
r. Dear Astuty
s. Please come to my 14th birthday party on
t. Date: Saturday, 26th April 2008
u. Time: 6.00 p.m
v. Place: Lezat restaurant. Al Sudirman 24
w. Bandung
x. I really hope that you can come.
y.
There will be something missing
z.
aa. Without your presence
ab.
7. When whas Inneke born?
a. 1993
b. 1994
c. 1995
d. 1996
ac.
8. From the text we know that fact below are true, except
a. Inneke will celebrate her birthday party
b. Inneke is 14 years old
c. Inneke really hopes that there is a present
d. Inneke invites Astuty to her birthday party
ad.
ae.
af.
ag.
ah.
ai.
aj. 20th April, 2009
ak. Hi, Nana
al. How is everything? Things are fine with me, you
am.
know.
an.
ao. Im watching TV with Tsabita, my daughter.
th
ap. I just remember that on the 23 April will be her
aq. birthday.
ar. Will you come to her birthday party?
as.
9. What is the text tell us about?
a. Sris birthday
b. Sris sun birthday
c. Nanas birthday
d. Tsabitas birthday
at.
a. To inform
b. To announce
c. To invite
d. To report
au.
av.
Youre invited
aw.
ax.
Occasion : Kims birthday
ay.
Date
az. : march 13
Timeba. : 6:30 P.M.
Lace : 44 Devoe road
bb.
Directions: take the no.5 bus. Get off at the corner of Devoe
bc. road. Our house is at the second house on the right. Please
bd.
arrive in time. This is a surprise party.
be.
Regrets only: Marie Salinger 238-17 or e-mail
bf.
maries@dr.com
11.When will the party be held?
a. At 44 Devoe Road
b. At 6:30 A.M.
c. On march 13
d. At the second house
bg.
12.Regrets only Marie Salinger 238-1722 or e-mail.

bh.The words above tell us that we should
a. Give information if we cant come
b. Give information if we can come
c. Ask information how to come to the place
d. Contact Marie Salinger before we come
bi.
bj.
bk. Please join us
bl. As we celebrate our
bm. 40 anniversary
Paul and Opal Wright
bn. Friday May 7th
bo. 6.30 P.M 10.10 P.M
bp.
Our new home. Kompleks TSI Durikosambi
bq.
Cengkareng (dinner will be served)
br.
bs.
RSPV 54390186
(Elsa/ Natalia/ Elisa)
13.Paul is husband
a. Opals
b. Elisas
c. Elsas
d. Natalias
bt.

a. To promote an everlasting relationship
b. To invite someone to join the party
c. To announce a wedding ceremony
d. To describe a certain party
bu.
bv. My special day is coming

bw. I turn 15 and keep growing
Mom
bx. and dad are having a party, they say it is for me your
by. smiling face we hope to see
bz. Si come and bring your family, it will be lots of fun
ca. The party begin at there and at five its all done
cb. Saturday, April 4th 2009 Joshs house
cc. 32 Ridge Land Avenue
cd.
15.The party will finish at
a. 3.00 a.m
b. 5.00 a.m
c. 3.00 p.m
d. 5.00 p.m
ce.
16.The write writes the text to

a. Invites his friend
b. Give an information
c. Announce his birthday
d. Confirm an appointment
cf.
cg.
ch.
Dear Diah
ci.
You are invite to Najwas birthday (but dont tell her)
cj.
On November, 22 at 8.30 p.m in Sulawesi restaurant
ck.
Please he on time
cl.
Your host: Alif and Ari
cm.
cn.
17.Who will celebrate a birthday party?
a. Ari
b. Alif
c. Diah
d. Najwa
co.
18.Where will the party be held?

a. In Diahs house
b. In Alifs house
c. In Sulawesi restaurant
d. In Aris house
cp.
cq.
cr. Hi friends, we are having a dinner party
cs. On wed 21th may in class IX.I at eight oclock
ct. if you are between 15 and 18 come and join us
cu. bring one or two friends and wear your funniest
cv. clothes to make the party fun.
cw. Eccentric group
cx.
cy.
cz.
19.What kind of clothes should they wear?
a. A new clothe
b. A big clothe
c. A funny house
d. An antique clothe
da.
20.Why should they wear their funniest clothe?

a. To make the party
b. To make party
c. To make the party warmly
d. To make the party fun
db.
dc.
dd.
de.
df.
3rd august 2009
dg.
To
dh.: Sherly
Jln.
di. Melati
dj.
Dear
dk. Sherly,
Thank
dl. you very much for inviting me to your 14th birthday
dm. on 7th august 2009. I was really looking forward it, but
party
dn.
sadly I will be able to come. I am schedule to see the
do.
dentist. I hope everybody has a great time.
dp. Sincerely
dq.
21.Why cant Lina come to Sherlys birthday?
a. She must see the dentist
b. She will pick up the dentist
c. She is disappointed
d. She has her 14th birthday party
dr.
ds.
22.I am scheduled to see the dentist.
dt. The underline word means
a. Forced
b. Asked
c. Ordered
d. Planned
du.
dv. Student organization of SMP 25 Makassar
dw.
To : all chairman of class IX
dx.
dy.
Place attend the monthly meeting. It will be held
dz.
Date : Saturday, 7th august 2009
ea.
Time : after school
eb.
Place : OSIS room
ec.
ed. OSIS
ee. secretary
ef. Nita
eg.
23.What is the text about?
a. An invitation to come to the fare well party
b. A request to hold a monthly meeting
c. An invitation to the monthly meeting
d. An invitation to appreciate
eh.
24.We will discuss about the farewell party for the

ei. What does the word we refers to?
a. OSIS chairman and OSIS members
b. All grade IX students
c. All teacher and student of the school
d. The OSIS committee and all class chairman
ej.
Toek.
; Ratih, class IX.@
Weel. invite you to an ttend our meeting
Item.
will be held
en.- On Saturday, August, 27th 2009
eo.- At 11 a.m
- In the school auditorium
ep.
Agenda, final prepavation for wall magazine competition 2009
eq.
Please come on time
er. you there!
See
es.
et.
Diana Johan
eu.
Secretary
a. To announce the students wall magazine completion
b. To describe the students wall magazine competition
c. To invite Ratih to join the students organization meeting
d. To retell Ratih about the wall magazine competition
ev.
ew.
ex. In the name of ALLAH the most beneficent and the most
ey. merciful
ez.
Mr. and Mrs. Indra
fa.
fb.
Cordially invite you at the reception of their sons
fc. Arya
fd. and
Andika
fe. On Sunday 27 September 2010
ff. At 11.00 until 05.00 p.m
Venue
a. Telling how Kav.
the ceremony is ?
Pesona Kaliurang blok A No. 20
b. Describing a special ceremony
c. Just informing about the party
d. Inviting someone to a ceremony
fg.
27.How long will the reception last?
a. Six hours
b. Five hours
c. Four hours
d. Seven hours
fh.
fi.
fj.
fk. Putra Bangsa secondary school
fl. Class of 1966 REUNION
st
fm. On June 21 , 2010. Saturday, 10.00 2.00 p.m
fn. At the Blue Lagoon hotel for the lunch and social
fo. gathering
And at 20.00 23.00 p.m at Taman Ismail Marzuki for
the cultural evening 61 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL
For further information please contact.
Putra Bangsa school office at 0411-495 093 (during the
fp.
fq.
fr.
fs.
ft.
28.The reunion of Putra Bangsa secondary school held for students . . . .
a. Admitted in 1996
b. Graduated after 1996
c. Admitted after 1996
d. Graduated 1996
fu.
29.The text above to people

a. Entertain
b. Invite
c. Inform
d. Thank
fv.
30.Where will the reunion be held?

a. Putra Bangsa school
b. At the Blue Lagoon hotel
c. At Taman Ismail Marzuki
d. Putra Bangsa school office
fw.
Friends,
fx. we are having
fy.DINNER PARTY
A
fz.
ga. Wednesday, 13th august in class VIII.A at eight oclock
On
gb. students of VIII.A are supposed. Bring one or two
All
gc.
friends and wear your clothes to make the party fun
gd.
EXCEL GROUP
ge.
31.The person who may join the party are students and their
a. Couples
b. Relatives
c. Parents
d. friends
gf.
32.The text is written a dinner party

a. To announce students to have
b. To invite students to go to
c. To inform people to refuse
d. To force students to go to
gg. You are cordially invite to celebrate
gh. The wedding of
gi.
Sara Elizabeth Johnson
gj.
And Thomas Cade Willoughby
On Tuesday afternoon
2nd June 62 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL
At Four East Oliver avenue
Followed by a reception
R.S.V.P
gk.
gl.
gm.
gn.
go.
gp.
33.You are cordially invited to celebrate

gq. The underline word means
a. To praise something
b. To have dinner together
c. To show that an event is important
d. To perform a religious ceremony
gr.
34.What does R.S.V.P stand for?

a. Respondens still vous plaint
b. Repondez sill vous plait
c. Repondes still vous plait
d. Repondes still vous plate
gs.
gt.
gu.
Hi
gv.friends, because of you all, we could be the first
gw.
winner of
THE BEST CLAAS COMPETITION
gx.
To celebrate it, we are having a party on Sunday,
gy. th
28 march 2010 at 10 a.m
gz.
All student of IX.2 are supposed to join
ha.
hb. Leonard
hc. Class captain
35.When is party going to be held?
a. In the morning
b. In the afternoon
c. In the evening
d. At night
hd.
36.All students of IX.2 are supposed to join.

he.The underline word has the same meaning with
a. Expected
b. Wished
c. Hoped
d. Suggested
e.
f.
g.
You are invited to a house warming
h.
party!!
i.When? Sunday, may 15
j.Where? 12 main place
k.
R.S.V.P to
37.The invites must Chris or Sandra to confirm their arrival.
Chris or Sandra
a. Meet
b. Confess to
c. Commit
d. Call
l.
38.R.S.V.P to Chris or Sandra. What does the underline word mean
a. We should call if we will come
b. We should confirm if we will come or not
c. We should contact if we will come
d. We give information if we will come or not
m.
n. Students Organization
o. SMP Negeri 223
p.
Jl. Surilany no. 6 Jakarta that will be held:
q.
- On Saturday, April 24th 2010
r.
- At 1.30 p.m 2.30 p.m
s.
- In the school hall
Agenda: final preparation for the PORSENI 2010
t.
competition
u.
Place come on time..
See you there!
v.
w. Rica Chaca
39.What will the meeting discuss?
a. The result of PORSENI 2010
b. The final preparation for the PORSENI 2010 competition
c. The competition for PORSENI 2010
d. The competition for the student organization
x.
40.The meeting will be held
a. In the afternoon
b. In the evening
c. In the morning
d. At dawn
y. All of students grade 9
z. You are invited to :
aa. GRADUATION PARTY 2010
ab. SMP Insan Cendekia
ac.
Day/ date
ad. : Saturday, 6th June 2010
ae.
Time : 10.00 a.m 13.00 p.m
Venue : hall room, Hilton hotel
Jl. S. Parman kav. 9 10 Surabaya 64 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL
Come and join US

Invitation card are available at the OSIS room
af.
ag.
ah.
ai.
aj.
ak.
al.
am.
an.
41.Invitation card are available at the OSIS room.
ao. Where will the graduation party be held?
a. At the OSIS room
b. At the school hall
c. At SMP Insan Cendekia
d. At the ball room of Holton hotel
ap.
42.You are invited to GRADUATION PARTY 2010
aq.The word graduation has similar meaning with
a. Achievement
b. Accomplish
c. Scholarship
d. Accomplishment
e.
f.
Dear parents,
g. are invited to attend a meeting to discuss the result
You
h. your
of
i.
Childrens evaluation and prepare them for the up
j.
coming national examination
k.
- Date : Thursday, 18th September 2010
l.
- Time : 08.00 10.30 a.m
m.
- Place : the Multipurpose room
Please
n. make sure to participate in this meeting. It is very
important.
43.Why does the principal invite the parents to the meeting ? principal
a. To discuss the result of the national examination
b. To discuss the preparation for the upcoming
c. To plan to participate in the meeting
d. To determine the importance of the evaluation
o.
44.From the text we know the meeting will be held the national examination
a. Before
b. After
c. During
d. At the time of
e.
f.
g.
You are cordially invited to
h. Kamila Newrah Tsalsabilas sweet 14 birthday
i. At
j. Yukita Resto (golden century mall)
k. On Saturday, June 7th 2010 from 6.30 p.m to 9.00 p.n
l. Dinner, live music and dancing wont be fun with out you
m. Hope you can make it & please dont be late
n.Kindly RSVP by May 31st, 2010 to Daulah (0852425793270)
o. Dress code: casual
45.From the text above, we know that
a. Requires those invited to reply if they will come or not
b. Inform us that it will last till late at night
c. Asks the guest to be formally dressed
d. Dress the specify the quests costumer
p.
q.
You Are Invited !
r.
s.Occasion : My birthday party
t.Venue : Dharmawangsa No.04
u.Dress code : All Halloween stars.
v. Come and join a Blast Party
w.
x. Love,
y. Ayumi
z.
46.The purpose of the text is to invite you
a. To attend a birthday party
b. To hold a birthday party
c. To attend a Halloween celebration party
d. To hold a Halloween celebration party
aa.
47. Come and join a Blast party.
ab.The underline words mean
a. To have a chaotic party
b. To have an exciting party
c. To have boring party
d. To have noisy party
ac.
To: student Nusa Antara
ad.
We invite you to attend the 25th
ae.
Anniversary
af. Day/date : Sat,7th Jan 2011
ag.
Time : 8.00 a.m 5.00 p.m
ah.
Come and have fun!
48.The activities are held for
a.Regards
School opening
b. Reunion
c. School exhibition
d. School anniversary
ai.
49.How long is the activity held?
a. 7 hours
b. 8 hours
c. 9 hours
d. 10 hours
aj.
Love fills a moment
ak.
A moment fill lifetimes
al. A lifetime begins eternity
Our
am. eternity begins here, wedding
an. of
ao. Amanda Lorraine Rayburn
ap. &
aq. Brian Alan Duncan
ar. Please complete happiness by
as.celebrating our wedding weekend
May 24,25 and 26 2011
at.
Beau Lodge
50.Which statement is false based on the text above?
a. The groomBow, Albama
is Brian Alan Ducan
b. The ceremony will be held an May 23rd
c. The celebration will be held for two days
d. The ceremony will be held on Sunday
au.
51.When the party will be held?
a. On May 23rd
b. On May 24,25 and 26 2011
c. On Sunday
d. At 4.00 p.m.
av.
aw.
ax.
ay.
az.
ba.
bb.
bc. Please join us
bd.celebrating the Graduation of
In
be. Siska Triyaningsih
bf. Saturday, June 20 2011
bg.
At 4.00 p.m.
bh.
Jl.
bi. Bumiwangu 10 East Jakarta
Mr. and Mrs. Wilopo
bj. Please RSVP by
May 29 ,2011
Lia (021)747756
52.Which statement is true based on the text?
a. Mr. And Mrs. Wilopo held thus party for themselves
b. Siska Triyaningsih has just finished her study
c. People should call Lia to see Siska Triyaningsih
d. This party for Lia
bk.
a. To invite someone
b. To announce something
c. To inform someone
d. To describe a thing
bl.
DINNER PARTY
On Saturday, October 9th in class 9A at
bm.
eight oclock. All students of 9A are
bn. supposed to join.
bo. Dont be late
bp.
TSAYA GROUP
bq.
54.When the dinner will be held?
a. 08.00 a.m.
b. 10th September
c. 08.00 p.m.
d. Class 9A
br.
55.The text is written a dinner party.
a. To announce students to have
b. To invite people to go to
c. To inform people to refuse
d. To force student to go to
bs.
bt.
bu.
bv.
bw.
bx.
Marrickville West Public School
BEAUCHAM
by. STREET MARRICKVILLE NSW
bz. 2204
PHONE
ca. (02) 95581137 FAX (02) 95595961
cb. EMAIL: marrickvile p. school
cc. @der.nsw.edu.au
cd.
The Community of Marrickville West
ce. Primary School
cf. You are invited to:
cg. Presentation Day
ch.
2010
ci.
cj. Venue: School Hall
Time: Thursday February 4, 2010
10:00 a.m. 69 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL
We look forward to sharing this
ck.
cl.
cm.
56.What event will take place at Marrickville West Primary School?
a. Community Gathering
b. Community Celebration
c. Presentation Day 2010
d. School Achievement
cn.
a. The presentation day just for student parent
b. The presentation will be held late in the afternoon
c. The principal allowed outsider to enter the school hall on May
10,2010
d. Parents ,teachers, students and staff are likely to attend the
presentation day
co.
Dear James,
Come and join the meeting on
cp.
preparation for the school
anniversary celebration.
cq.
Day : August 13, 2011
Time : 3 p.m.
cr.
Venue : School Meeting
Room
cs. 1
We do appreciate your
ct.
participation.
58.When Thankbeyou.
will the meeting held?
a. 3 oclock in the morning
b. 3 oclock in the afternoon
c. 16:00
d. 17:00
cu.
a. To inform James about the meeting
b. To describe the meeting to James
c. To invite James to come to the meeting
d. To tell James about the preparation of the school anniversary
celebration
cv.
cw. ANNOUNCEMENT
cx.All student invited to attend a
cy. seminar on
HOW TO PREPARE THE FINAL
cz.
da. EXAMINATION
You can gain lots of information
db.
dc.
about the National Examination
dd.from Mrs. Anna Aditya, a well-
de.known education consultant.
Date : August 15,2011
Time : 2.00 p.m 70 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL
Venue : School main hall
Dont miss this FREE chance.
df.
dg.
dh.
di.
dj.
dk.
60.What is the benefit of this seminar?
a. Student can meet well-known education consultant
b. Student can learn strategist for seminar
c. Student can get to know the prediction of the National Examination
test
d. Students can come to a free seminar
dl.
61. a well known education consultant.
dm. What is the synonym of the underline word?
a. Excellent
b. Famous
c. Professional
d. Great
dn.
do.
Hey Friends!
I invite you to join in my
dp.
dq. Sweet Eleven Party
dr. Its cool, funky, and
ds. amazing
dt. So, just remember the
du. time
dv. Saturday, April 20th
dw. 06.30 p.m.
dx. At Manise Hotel
62.I invite you to join in my
OK! See you at my party!
dy. The word my refers to
a. Party
b. Keysha
c. The readers
d. Hotel
dz.
63.When was Keysha born?
a. 2000
b. 2001
c. 2011
d. 2002
ea.
64.The word remember has opposite meaning with
a. Memorize
b. Consider
c. Keep in mind
d. Forget
eb.
65.The word remember has similar meaning with
a. Recall
b. Overlook
c. Forget
d. Neglect
ec.
66.The word join has opposite meaning with
a. Follow
b. Separate
c. Unite
d. Fasten together
ed.
ee.
ef.
eg.
eh.
ei.
ej.
ek.
el.
em.
en.
eo.
ep. Please join us
eq.
In celebrating
er.
es.
The graduation of:
et.
eu. JOHAN TANOTO
From SMP Kebangsaan
ev.
ew. Saturday, 12 May 2009
ex. At 04.00 p.m.
ey. Bogor Convention Center
ez. Jln. Padjajaran 25 Bogor
fa.
fb.
fc. Mr. and Mrs. Tanoto
fd. th
Please RSVP
67.Which statement by based
is true April 15
on the text?
a. Mr. and Mrs. Tanoto is working for SMP Kebangsaan
b. Johan Tanoto has just finished his study
c. Johan Tanoto lives in Bogor Convention Center
d. People should call Lia to see Johan Tanoto
fe.
a. To inform someone about the graduation
b. To memorize Johan Tanoto
c. To congratulate Johan Tanoto
d. To invite the readers to Johan Tanotos celebration
ff.
69.What does RSVP stand for?
a. Respondens still vous plaint

b. Repondez sill vous plait
c. Repondes still vous plait
d. Repondes still vous plate
fg.
70.Where is the party will be held?
a. Bogor Conventional Center
b. SMP Kebangsaan
c. Johans house
d. Mr. and Mrs. Johans house
fh.
fi.
fj.
fk.
fl. Mr. and Mrs. Joseph Sembiring
fm. Invite you to share the joy
fn. Of the marriage uniting their
fo. daughter
fp. Alice Sembiring
fq. To
fr. Jeffry Sitorus
fs. Friday, the 13th of June 2010
ft. At three oclock in the afternoon
fu. Gajah Mada Restaurant
fv. Jl. Affandi Yogyakarta
fw.
71.The purpose of the text is to invite you
a. To attend Mr. and Mrs. Sumbirings marriage
b. To unite Alice and Jeffry in wedding party
c. To attend Alice and Jeffrys wedding party
d. To marry with Mr. and Mrs. Sembiring
fx.
72.Which statement is true based on the text?
a. The party will be held on June 13th 2010
b. Jeffry Sitorus is Mr. and Mrs. Sembirings son
c. The party will be sponsored by Gajah Mada restaurant
d. Mr. and Mrs. Joseph Sembiring will celebrate their anniversary
fy.
73.When the party will be held?
a. 13.00 p.m.
b. 03.00 a.m.
c. 13.00 a.m.
d. 03.00 p.m.
fz.
74.Who is the bride in the text above?
a. Alice Sembiring
b. Jeffry Sitorus
c. Mr. and Mrs. Sembiring
d. Mr. and Mrs. Sitorus
ga.
75.Who is the bride in the text above?
a. Mr. and Mrs. Sitorus
b. Mr. and Mrs. Sembiring
c. Jeffry Sitorus
d. Alice Sembiring
gb.
gc.
gd.
ge.
gf.
Announcement is information about something to be known the public.
Announcement usually written and then stick which is usually easy to see
public or announced orally.
The purpose of the announcement is to give information about something
to public.
How to make a good announcement :
Say or write as short as you can
Use a simple language
There are something that we must known in the announcement :
Someone who gives announcement
To whom the announcement for
The contain of announcement
gg.
gh.
gi.ANNOUNCEMENT
gj.
gk. For all students of class nine one, are supposed
to gather in the school yard on Saturday, August
15th 2009 at 10 A.M. for practicing flag ceremony.
gl. Please be on time !
gm.
gn. . Chairman .
go.
1. What is the purpose of the text above ?
a. To give information to public
c. To invite someone
d. To retell past event
gp.
2. Who wanted to practice the flag ceremony?
a. All students
b. All students of class nine
c. All students of class nine one
d. The chairman
gq.
3. Where are the students supposed to gather?
a. In the library c. In the office

b. In the classroom d. In the field
e.
4. are supposed to gather in the school yard.
a. What does underline word mean?
a. Come together in a place
b. Go by alone in a place
c. Leaving a place
d. Visiting a place
a. Attention! b.
b. Those who have finished with experiments, c.
please clean the microscope and put them d.
back in their boxes. e.
c. f.
d. Thank you g.
5. To whom is the
announcement above?
a. To all teachers
b. To all students
c. To the Headmaster
d. To the students who finished with experiment
e.
6. What the announcement about?
a. Information while doing experiment
b. Direction before cleaning the boxes
c. Instruction after using microscope
d. Steps before doing the experiment
e.
7. When do the students have to put the microscope back in the boxes?
a. After cleaning them
b. While cleaning them
c. Before the experiment
d. During the experiment
e.
f. For all students of SMPN 5
g. The Kartinis birthday committee will hold a writing contest
about
h. The Indonesia heroines.
i. The writing should e handed in to committee on the 10th of April
2009
j. At the school library at 11 A.M.
k.
l. Do you want take part?
m. Were waiting for you!
n.
o. Committee chairperson,
p. . Hasna .
q.
r.
8. Who makes the announcement?
a. Student in SMPN 5
b. Committee
c. Hasna
d. The chairperson
e.
9. Based on the announcement
a. The Kartinis birthday committee arent waiting for the participant
b. The writing should be handed in 10th of April 2009
c. The Kartinis birthday committee will hold a writing contest
d. Only some students can take part in writing contest
e.
10.Who can participate in the contest?
a. The committee chairperson
b. The woman of Indonesia
c. The committee
d. All students
e.
11.Kartinis birthday committee will hold a writing contest
a. What does the underlined mean?
a. Event
b. Activity
c. Occasion
d. Competition
b.
c. ANNOUNCEMENT
d.
e. Friday May 24th 2009
f.
Free cooking class for you will be held in Room 12
beginning next Saturday.
g. Those who are interested, please contact Mrs. Laura.
The visit to the museum will be on Saturday, June 1 st . The
bus leaves school at 8.30, and those who want to go should
not be late. The visit will last the whole day and we except
get back about 4.30 in the afternoon.
Earth day is about to come! Dont forget to celebrate it by
joining our Earth Day programs: Seminar on recycling
materials (July 25) and replanting plants project (July 27).
Think about what you can to do make this planet a cleaner
and healthier place. Lets look far ways to slow, or event
reverse the damage weve done to this beloved earth.
h.
12.Which of the following statement is true based on the text?
a. The journey to the museum will be done every Saturday morning
b. The student who wants to visit the museum should come on time
c. All student must join free cooking class held in the room 12 next
Saturday
d. The School Earth Day Celebration is done by cleaning some places.
e.
13.When did the school begin to announce the information above?
a. May 14
b. June 1
c. July 25
d. July 27
e.
14. or even reverse the damage we have done (last sentence)
e. a. The underlined word mean
f. Attention please! a. Injury
b. Hurt
g.
c. Destruction
h. All students of grade IX d. Reparation
are required to gather b.
i. In the school hall after c.
break. Mr. Jamade d.
j. Our headmaster, will say e.
something about f.
k. The National g.
Examination. h.
l. Thank you. i.
j.
m.
k.
n. . Mrs. Sahidah .
o. l.
m.
15.Who makes the announcement ?
a. Mr. Jamade
b. Mrs. Sahidah
c. The Headmaster
d. The students of grade IX
e.
16.What is the announcement about?
a. Information about headmaster
b. The direction before gathering in the school hall
c. The instruction for students
d. The information about school hall
e.
f.
17.When will the students meet the headmaster?
a. After the National Examination
b. Before the National Examination
c. All the break
d. After the break
e.
p.
q. ANNOUNCEMENT
r.
s. All chairman of class VII till IX are supposed
together in the student organization Room on
Saturday March, 5th 2009 at 10 A.M. for discussing
about our place. Please be on time.
t.
u. . OSIS Chairperson .
v.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
18.Who makes the announcement?
a. The Chairman
b. OSIS Chairperson
c. Students grade VII
d. Students grade IX
e.
19.Who wanted discuss about school art show?
a. All students
b. All students organization
c. All chairman
d. All the members of students
e.
20.All chairman of class VII till IX are supposed
a. The underlined word means
a. Wished
b. Expected
c. Wanted
d. Needed
b.
c. For students of grade VIII
d. You are invite to participate in competition.
e. The school will be hold several competition in July.
Please join.
f.
g. For more information, contact Kamila
(08124226443)
h. At the Students Association Office
i.
j.
21.From the text, we may conclude that
a. Students grade VIII are invite to participate in the competition
b. For more information, we can contact Kamila
c. Kamila is the committee of the competition
d. The competition will be held in July
e.
22.Who are invite to participate in the competition?
a. The students of junior high school
b. The students of senior high school
c. The students of secondary school
d. The students of grade VIII
e.
a. An announcement
b. A greeting
c. An advertisement
d. An invitation
e.
24. you are invite to participate in competition.
a. Take care
b. Take part
c. Take off
d. Take on
b.
c. Attention!
d. Due to renovation our library will be closed until
further notice.
e. We are sorry for the inconveniences.
f. Thank you.
g.
h.
i.
j.
a. The inconveniences in the library
b. The further notice about the library
c. The temporary closing of the library
d. The opening of a new library
e.
26.Why is the library closed? Because
a. No students comes to the library
b. The library reeds more books
c. The library needs a new librarian
d. The library is being renovated
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
w.
x. Attention please!
y.
z. The library is open daily from 8 A.M. and on
Saturday until 2 P.M.
aa. The library is closed on Sundays.
ab.
ac. . Librarian .
j.
k.
l.
a. The librarian
b. The students organization
c. The Principal
d. The teacher
e.
28.When does the library open on Saturday?
a. At 8 A.M. to 4 P.M.
b. At 8 A.M. to 5 P.M.
c. At 2 P.M. to 8 P.M.
d. At 8 A.M. to 2 P.M.
29.The word librarian is someone who works
a. In the laboratory
b. In the classroom
c. In the office
d. In the library
e.
f. ANNOUNCEMENT
g.
h. Due to a new school year, there are many new
students around who need to known the school
rules. Senior students are expected to help them.
i. Additional information, there will be a welcoming
party where the new students parents are also
invited. Please extend courtesy to them.
j. Thank you.
k.
l. . The Principal .
m.
a. The students should know to school rules
b. Courtesy should be extend to the students parents
c. Many students are around
d. What the students should do in the new school year
e.
31.Please extend courtesy to them
a. What does the underlined word refer to
a. The students
b. The new students
c. The headmaster
d. The new students parents
b.
a. To give information to junior students
b. To give information to senior students
c. To announce information to someone
d. To invite students parents to attend a welcoming party
e.
f.
g. ANNOUNCEMENT
h. To : All students of Junior High School 1 Jetis
i.
j. To celebrate the National Education Day the
students Board Organization will hold some
interesting programs. They are English Speech
Contest, English Story Telling Contest, and Wall
Magazine Competition. The programs will be held
on January 4th 2010, 8 A.M. 1 P.M.
k. All classes meet take part in the programs and
should report their participation to their own
teacher.
l.
m.
n.
33.Who is in charge of the program?
a. Students
b. Teacher
c. Mrs. Erika
d. Student organization
e.
34.The text is about
a. Programs to celebrate the National Education Day
b. Explaining special programs in January
c. Inviting students to come to school in January
d. Informing some programs on January 4th 2010
e.
f. SCHOOL ANNOUNCEMENT
g. Friday January 25th, 2010
h.
i. There will be a girls basketball short meeting right
after school this afternoon in the school library. The
meeting is expected to last around 45 minutes and
finish by 5.
j. Every member needs to be present in this important
meeting.
k. Should anyone unable to attend the meeting, find
Mr. Elder for permission and further details about
the agenda.
l. Looking forward to seeing you all in the meeting
m.
35.What should a student do if she is not can able to attend the meeting?
a. Go home
b. Go to library
c. Ask for permission from Mr. Elder
d. Let the class teacher know about her absence
36.When will the meeting start?
a. Around 4.05 P.M.
b. At about 4.15 P.M.
c. At 4.50 P.M.
d. At 5.00 P.M.
e.
f. Attention!
g. April 1st, 2010
h.
i. Dear colleagues
j. We would like to inform you that we would be having
Good Friday National Public Holidays from Friday 2nd of
April 2010 to Sunday, 4th.
k. Well have to begin to work as usual on Monday, 5th of
April 2010. Have a nice holiday.
l.
m. Thank you.
n. . Manager .
o.
37.What date will the working?
a. The 1st of April 2010
b. The 2nd of April 2010
c. The 4th of April 2010
d. The 5th of April 2010
e.
38.Where is the kind of announcement likely found?
a. In an airport
b. In a market
c. In an office
d. At the railway station
e.
f. ANNOUNCEMENT
g.
h. Its herby announced that to reduce the global
warming effect, every students must participate in a
clean-up day held on Saturdays.
i. Please wear sport uniforms.
j.
k. . The Principal .
l.
39.When will the clean-up day be held?
a. Every week
b. Every Saturdays
c. On Saturday
d. Everyday
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
40.its herby announced that to reduce the global warming effect.
a. Increase
b. Decrease
c. Forced
d. Crashed
b.
c. ANNOUNCEMENT
d. To : All employees
e. Effective date : February 1st, 2010
f. Subject : Staff uniform
g.
h. Each employees is required to wear a uniform
during work hours. This will make it easier to
distinguish staff members from costumers.
i. Women should wear a colorful blouse with black
pants oa a knee-length skirt. Men should wear
black pants with an orange or red T-shirt. No white,
beige, or neutral colored tops, please.
j.
k. Posted by Management
l.
41.Who should wear black pants and an orange or red T-shirt?
a. All employees
b. Woman employees
c. Men employees
d. Staff member
e.
a. The announcement is for all employees and costumers
b. The employees didnt wear an uniform before
c. The woman and men employees wear the same uniform
d. The costumers should wear uniform
e.
f.
g.
h. To all the teachers and staff of SMPN
NUSANTARA
i.
j. A one-day meeting will be held this week :
k.
l. When : Tuesday, February 9th, 2010 at 10
A.M. to 3 P.M.
m. Where : Room 109
n. Topic : National Examination Preparation
o.
p. Due to the importance of the meeting, please be
punctual. Bring your ideas; bring your suggestions
to make our students successful in the
examination!
q.
r.
s. The head of the National Examination Committee
t.
u.
v. Mr. Adnan Nasution
w.
x.
43.What is the meeting for?
a. To talk about the preparation for the National Examination
b. To give solution to the examination problem
c. To discuss about the National Examination
d. To ask teacher to face the National Examination
e.
44.From the text above, we can conclude that
a. The National Examination has already been done
b. All students are successful in the National Examination
c. The meeting is done before the National Examination
d. The teacher must be pleased with the result of the National
Examination
e.
f. ANNOUNCEMENT
g.
h. The flamboyant English Club invites you to join the
story telling contest for all students in our school,
except class IX. The story teller must tell to tales in
two different countries. The contest will be held in
January 16th 2010. The best three winners will get
prizes. For those who interested to join it, you need
to see Farah, student class VIII a day before the
contest.
i.
j. . The chairman of students association .
a. 4 c. 2
b. 3 d. 1
e.
f.
46.To whom is the announcement?
a. Students class VII and VIII in the same school
b. All students class X from the same school
c. Class IX students from different schools
d. All students in the same school
e.
47.For those who are interested to join (last sentence)
a. The underlined word has same meaning with
a. Eager to
b. Pond of
c. Wanted
d. Would like
b.
c. ANNOUNCEMENT
d.
e. SMP BUNGA BANGSA will celebrate its 20th
anniversary on :
f. Day/Date : Saturday 14, January 2010
g. Place : Sport hall
h. Time : 8 A.M 11 A.M.
i.
j. To highlight this event, a special bazaar will be held
together with music show featuring the Indonesia
Idol Rosy. All the teachers and students are
supposed to attend this celebration. For this reason
all sports activities at school such as volleyball,
basketball, badminton, and ping pong will be
cancelled for the time being.
k.
l. The Principal,
m.
n. . Nazhifah .
o.
48.The text shows that the celebration last for hours
a. Five
b. Two
c. Four
d. Three
e.
f.
49. and students are supposed to attend this celebration.
a. The underlined word has same meaning with
a. Watch c. Follow
b. Hear d. See
e.
f. STUDENT WRITING CONTEST
g.
h. The Atlantic Monthly invites submissions of the
poetry, fiction, and personal of journalist or essays
it for this year Student Writing Contest.
i.
j. Categories :
k. Poetry, fiction, and personal or journalist essays.
l.
m.Manuscripts :
n. Should be type written (one side only, please)
double spaced and accompanied by cover sheet
with the following information: title, category, word
count, authors name, address, phone number, e-
mail, address (if available), and academic
institution. Of this information, only the title should
appear on the manuscript itself.
o.
p. Postmark submissions by December 1 and
send to :
q. Student Writing Contest
r. The Atlantic Monthly
s. 77N, Washington Street
t. Boston, MS 02114
u. Source: www.theatlantic.com/contest
v.
w.
a. To describe the Students Writing Contest
b. To announce the Students Writing Contest
c. To amuse the students with Writing Contest
d. To retell the students about Writing Contest
x.
51.The following are required for the works that the participants should
prepare, except that they are
a. Original
b. Unpublished
c. Easy to read
d. Type written
y.
52.Of this information, only the title should appear on the manuscript itself.
z. The underlined word means
a. Arise
b. Look
c. See
d. Watch
aa.
ab. The participants of English Extracurricular,
ac.
ad. There will be a selection of the story telling
contest for the grade students.
ae. The selections will be held tomorrow at one to
half past two in the school hall.
af. The best participant will represent the school n the
city hall.
ag. Make sure that all participants can take part.
ah.
ai. Thanks for your attention!
aj.
ak.
a. The best participant will represent the school in the city hall.
b. The selection of the English Extracurricular
c. A selection of the story telling contest for the grade nine students
d. The selection of participants to represent the school in the city hall
al.
54.Who is the announcement for?
a. All students
b. All students of 9th grade students
c. All participants of English Extracurricular
d. All students and teachers
am.
55.There will be a selection of the story telling contest (first sentence)
an.The underlined word means
a. Choice
b. Competition
c. Match
d. Practice
ao.
ap. ANNOUNCEMENT
aq.
ar. To all students of grade VII to IX
as.We will have an earthquakes simulation tomorrow.
Before the simulation, some instruction will teach
you how to save yourselves when an earth quake
happens. Theyll tell what you should do in the real
situation. It will be held :
at.
au. Time : After the second break
av.Place : School hall
aw.
ax. Please do join the simulation. It will be
absolutely useful for you.
ay.
az. . Principal .
ba.
a. An instruction to avoid an earthquake
b. An instruction to go to the school hall
c. An instruction to join an earthquake simulation
d. An instruction to survive in disaster
bb.
57.When will the event be held?
a. Today after the first break
b. Today before the second break
c. Tomorrow before the second break
d. Tomorrow after the second break
bc.
bd. Announcement
To
be. : All grade 9 students
Please be well informed that you have to join English Courses
bf.
Program organized by the students organization from Monday, 14 th
bg.
November 2011 to Wednesday, 16th November 2011. You will be
bh.
taught by well experienced instructors from Intensive English
bi.
Course (IEC).
bj.
Place : School Hall
bk.
Time : 4.00 5.30 P.M.
Mr. Munir
bl.
The Headmaster
a. English Courses Program
b. Intensive English Course
c. Mr. Munirs program
d. Schools program
bm.
a. To retell past event
b. To invite someone
c. To congratulate someone
d. To give information to public
bn.
a. The Principal
b. The English Instructors
c. The students of grade 9
d. The students organization
bo.
bp.
61.To whom is the announcement above?
a. The Students Organization
b. The English Instructors
c. The students of grade 9
d. The Headmaster
bq.
62.Please be well informed that you have to join
br. The italic word has the same meaning as
a. Connect
b. Engage
c. Involve
d. Participate
bs.
bt. ANNOUNCEMENT
bu.
The Flamboyan English Club invites you to join the story telling
contestbv.for all students in our school, except class IX. The story
teller must tell two tales in two different countries. The contest
bw.
will be held in January, 16th 2011. The best three winners will
bx.
get prizes. For those who are interested to join it, you need to
by.
see Farah, student class VIII a day before the contest.
bz. The Chairman of students Association
ca. Kamila
cb.
a. Story telling contest
b. Flamboyant English Club
c. Two tales in two different countries
d. The best three winners will get prizes
cc.
64.All of the following are TRUE, except
a. Farah is a student of VIII
b. The contest will be held in January, 16th 2011
c. All students may join the story telling contest
d. Kamila is the chairman of Students organization
cd.
a. Kamila is IX grade student
b. Farah is the committee of the contest
c. The contestant must tell a different country
d. The fourth winners of the contest will get prizes
ce.
cf.
cg.
ch.
ci.
cj. Attention
To commemorate
ck. the upcoming National Education Day, The
Student Board Organization will hold some interesting programs.
cl.They are English Speech Contest, English Story Telling Contest,
and Wall Magazine Competition. The objective of the programs is
cm.
to develop students skills in English. The program will be held on
cn.May 1st, 2011. The English Speech Contest and The English Story
co.Telling Contest will begin at 08.00. While The Wall Magazine
cp.Competition will start at 10.00, the contestant should be ready at
cq.7.30 A.M. All classes must take part in the program. For detailed
cr.information, please contact Julia of class 8.2.
66.What is the aim of holding these program?
a. The student can commemorate the National Education Day happily
b. The teachers will give some information about English Programs
c. The students can increase their abilities in English
d. The students and the teachers can compete each other
cs.
67.Who must participate in the program?
a. The Student Board Organization Members
b. The coordinator of the program
c. All classes
d. Julia
ct.
a. English Speech Contest is the popular contest
b. Julia is coordinator of the programs
c. Wall Magazine Competition will start at 08.00 A.M.
d. Society can join in this programs
cu.
cv.
cw. ANNOUNCEMENT
To celebrate our Independence Day, the school will hold some
cx.
competitions. There are five competitions. They are basketball,
cy.
football, English reading poem competition, Bahasa Jawa
cz.
speech competition, and decorating tumpeng competition. We
da.
hope students can have fun in the competitions.
The competitions will be held on the 16th of August 2011. The
db.
competitions will start at 8 A.M., and will finish at 2 P.M. Each
dc.
class must at least have one representative for each
dd.
competition. Please enroll yourself before the 5 th of August
de.
2011 in the school board organization office. For more
df.
information, please contact Ayun Ria Ainun class 9.1.
dg.
dh.
a. To retell past event
b. To give information to public
c. To invite someone
d. To congratulate someone
di.
70.What is the aim of the competitions?
a. To celebrate the Independence Day
b. To make students join the competitions
c. To make students have fun
d. To make students enroll before 5th of August
dj.
71.Who must participate in the competitions?
a. The student board organization members
b. All students
c. The representatives from each class
d. The coordinator of the competition.
dk.
a. Independence Day is an important day
b. There are five competitions
c. Ayun Ria Ainun is a coordinator of the competitions
d. Students can have fun in the competitions
dl.
dm.
ANNOUNCEMENT
dn.
To : all employees, staffs, and visitors
do.
We provide some places for smoking in this building.
dp.
On the first floor
dq.
It is beside the display room.
dr.
On the second floor
It is at the corner near the emergency stairs
ds.
On the third floor
dt.It is next to the toilet
du. On the fourth floor
dv.It is near the pantry
dw.
There is also one outside the office. It is behind the
dx.
security room.
dy.
dz.Thank You.
ea.The staff management.
eb.
ec.
ed.
73.Who makes the announcement above?
a. The employees
b. The staff management
c. The staffs
d. The visitors
ee.
74.How many smoking areas are available in the office building?
a. Five
b. Three
c. Four
d. Two
ef.
75.From the text, we know that
a. Employees are allowed to smoke in certain places
b. Employees arent allowed to smoke in the building
c. Only visitors are allowed to smoke in the building
d. Nobody is allowed to smoke in the building
eg.
eh.
ei.
ej.
ek.
Advertisement is information all notice addressed to public or people, to
support or to stimulate to buy or to use a production or service offered by
advertisement. Advertisement usually found in mass media as electronic
media and print media.
Kind of advertisement :
Advertisement of product
Vacancy
Service
The purpose of the advertisement is to promote or advertise something.
el.
em.
en.
Holiday Season GREAT DEAL!! NOVUS PUNCAK
eo.
Inspired By Natured RESORT &
ep.
SPA
eq.
Is a truly exceptional venue Jln.
er.Sindangjaya Raya No. 180
es.For your quality holiday Puncak,
et.West Java
eu.
ev.
ew. Find more at or drop your mail to
ex. +62215323627 ext. 109/120
ey. sales2@novushotels.com
ez.
1. We can get more information about the hotel by
a. Visiting the hotel
b. Calling the owner of the hotel
c. Booking the room
d. Phoning or sending e-mail
fa.
2. Who is the advertisement for?
fb. Those who plan to go on
a. Work
b. Duty
c. Study
d. Vacation
3. Novus Puncak Resort & Spa is a truly exceptional venue .
fc. What does the underlined word means?
a. Address
b. Place
c. Time
d. Day
e.
f. TURINDO
g. Tour & Travel
Ticketing Center-Inbound-Outbound Your-Passport Visa-
h. Hotels Voucher -Meeting Service-Car Rental
i.
j. Office:
k.
Phoenix Heritage Hotel
l.
m.Jln. Jend. Sudirman 9-11, Yogyakarta 55233, Indonesia
n. Telp. (0274) 566629, 566673, 566617 ext TURINDO
o. Fax. (0274) 566673, 566556 co. Hotel Phoenix
p.
q.
4. The text above about
a. Tour and Travel

b. Accommodation service
c. A tourist brochure
d. A car rental
e.
5. When service does TURINDO tour and travel offer to do costumer?
a. Ticket, visa, passport, and car rental
b. Accommodation and travel
c. All the costumer need
d. Rooms the stay the night
f.
SOUTHGATE AREA f.
Brand new luxury 1 and 2 bedroom apartments. At Heather f.
downs and Green Street. f.
Conventional to Southgate Shopping Center. Close to bus f.
route 22. f.
f.
Rentals from $250 include the following utilities: heat, air, f.
shag carpet, appliances, dishwasher, potion, laundry, room, f.
pool, and 1 year lease and security deposit. f.
f.
One pre-school aged child considered in 2 bedrooms.
f.
f.
f.
Model open weekdays 1-6, sun 1-5 or by appointment f.
2417721. f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
6. Which the following statement is true according to the text?
a. Only one bedroom apartments are available
b. There is no lease required
c. The bus route is far away
d. The rent includes some utilities
u.
7. Which the following families would be able to rent an apartment according
to the text?
a. A women and her twelve years old child
b. A husband, wife, and their preschool child
c. A man with a small cat
d. A husband and two small pets
v.
8. Rentals from $250 include heat, air, shag carpet, appliances.
w. The underlined word means
a. Requirements
b. Improvements
c. Device
d. Apartments
x.
Caf & Resto
y.
New Romantic Garden Restaurant. The restaurant
z.
is located just outside the Crowded Center, surrounded
aa.
by Swash, right behind Hyatt Hotel. We offer traditional
ab.
Indonesia food for reasonable price in a romantic
ac.
garden environment. Look for out complete menu at
ad.
www.rumahmertua.com
Business or Pleasure for reservation please call
ae.
phone or fax: 0274-866680
Stay at
Mie
af. Thai Casual Thai Restaurant provides authentic
Your HOTEL
restaurant Thailand cuisine. Open daily for lunch and
ag.
dinner. Delivery service 0274-561486 or just visit us at
ah.
Jln. Gejayaan
ai. Only 10 CTminutes
X/22 Yogya.
from airport and 31/2 hours drive to Lake
Steamboat
aj. Toba Restaurant. The only seafood Steamboat
9. According to the text, where
Conveniently caninwe
located find
the inexpensive
hearts traditional
of shopping food?
and business
a. New district
romantic garden restaurant
b. Mie Thai Casual Thai Restaurant
Rooms and suites complete with TV & video programmer,
c. Steamboat Restaurant
central, AC, refrigerator, and 24 hours room services
d. Hyatt Hotel
Restaurant serving Indonesia & Chinese cuisine and a 24
ak.
10.Which the hours coffee
following house is incorrect based on the advertisement?
statement
a. New romantic garden
Fitness center with restaurant provides
many facilities romantic
including atmosphere
sauna, gym,
b. New squash,
romanticand
garden restaurant
swimming pool is in the center of town
c. Mie Thai Casual Thai Restaurant can deliver costumer order
If you are visiting Medan, make sure to book at :
d. We can eat Chinese food in a Steamboat Restaurant
11.MiePALM
Thai HOTEL
Casual Thai Restaurant provides authentic restaurant Thailand
cuisine.
al. What does the
Jln. Jendral underlined
Sudirman word means?
No. 18
a.Telephone
Beverage: 324553-327681 Fax : 51932
b. Drink
P.O. Box 118
c. Food
d. Snack
Feel like home
am.
LAKE HOTEL
an.
ao.
A well know hotel since 1943 located 1 hour drive from beautiful
Lake Toba
ap.
Facilities :
45 double bedrooms (Bunglon type) some with terraces with
or without fire places and car parks
400 seats panoramic restaurant and bar 100 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL
Swimming pool, tennis court, billiard, horse riding, jogging

track, large park area for picnic, and children playground
Function and conference rooms up to 100 persons
12.What is the type of the text?
a. Announcement
b. Notice
c. Label
d. Advertisement
aq.
13.Which is not true according to the text above?
a. Lake Hotel has function and conference rooms
b. People can have Chinese food at Palm Hotel
c. Both hotel are located in Medan
d. Lake Hotel is very far from Lake Hotel
ar.
14.We are waiting for you
as. The word you sentence refers to
a. The writer
b. The readers
c. The visitors
d. The owner
at.
15.Lake Hotel has following facilities, except
a. Children playground
b. Tennis court
c. Billiard
d. Sauna
au.
ANDIKA SARI BUNGALOW
av.
aw.
All rooms full with AC, telephone with satellite antenna,
ax.
bathtub with water heater.
ay. Suite family house with two bedrooms up and down
az. and equipped with small kitchen, mini bar and living
ba. room
bb. Suite room and 6 deluxe rooms are,, equipped with
bc.
color TV, 14 standard rooms around the swimming
bd.
pool are available to got color TV
Other facilities: tour service, safety deposit box, mini

drugstore, postal service, rental car/motor bike, laundry
service, and message.
For more information, contact to :
ANDIKA SARI BUNGALOW
Jln. Padma Utara Legian-Kuta

16.What is the advertisement about?
a. Andika Sari Bungalows address
b. Andika Sari Bungalows facilities
c. The equipped of Andika Sari Bungalow
d. The list of Andika Sari Bungalows room
be.
17.Suite room and 6 deluxe rooms are, equipped with color TV
bf. The word equipped the same meaning with
a. Device
b. Determine
c. Material
d. Tool
bg.
18.Andika Sari is one of the complete bungalow in Kuta, its facilities are
a. Suite, device, standard room, and also suite family house with small
kitchen, mini bar, and living room, without laundry service and
message.
b. Suite, deluxe, standard room, and also suite family house with small
kitchen, mini bar, and living room, with postal service but no rental
car
c. Suite, deluxe, standard room, and also suite family house with small
kitchen, mini bar, and living room with laundry service and rental car
d. Suite, deluxe, standard room, and also suite family house with small
kitchen, mini bar, and living room with laundry service and rental car,
but has no rental motor bike
bh.
A main in heavenly Thai lot $45, level 2, mid valley
bi.
megamall, Lingkaran Syed Putra, 59200 Kuala Lumpur.
bj.
Telephone: 6032931173. Inspiring dcor with interesting
bk.
Thai object the art projects contemporize setting, futures
bl.
mainly northern Thai cuisines with helpful indications of the
19.Thelevel
restaurant main of
of spiciness sells
each dish.
a. Asian food
b. Thai food
c. Malay food
d. Indonesian food
bm.
20.How is the setting of the restaurant? It is decorated with
a. Northern Thai business
b. Art contemporize
c. Chinese style
d. Thai style
bn.

bo. The Sheraton Media Hotel & Towers Jakarta features a
special event entitled Hollywood Night with Shakila, X-
pin Band, and One Vision Band will play with Shakila. Not bp.
only two bands but also Dive Models International that bp.
will present entertainment. The Dive will present Carend bp.
Delanos Collections style of celebrities. bp.
The event will be held on Friday, May the 10th 2000 from bp.
9.30 p.m. The ticket is Rp 60.000,- each person. It bp.
includes a glass of soft drink. The guests can get the bp.
ticket at Sheraton Media. bp.
The guests should dress up as their Hollywood favorite bp.
stars. One will get the grand prize if she or he wins. The bp.
guests can also meet someone resembling Charlie bp.
Chaplin, Chouw Yun Fat, Marilyn Monroe, Bill Cosby, bp.
Antonio Banderas, Mr. Bean, and others. bp.
bq.
br.
bs.
bt.
bu.
bv.
bw.
bx.
by.
bz.
ca.
cb.
21.What is the purpose of the event in the hotel?
a. To entertainment the guests
b. To recognize the band
c. To get more employees
d. To celebrate the anniversary
cc.
22.Paragraph 3 tell us about
a. No people allowed to attend without playing
b. Every guests can get prize for coming
c. The guests seem to be rich
d. They will meet the Ghost of Charlie Chaplin
cd.
23.Who is Shakila?
a. A mannequin
b. A singer
c. A band played
d. A guests
ce.
24.It will present collections in style of celebrities.
cf. The underlined word means

a. Unknown persons
b. People come to parties
c. Busy people
d. Famous people
cg.
ch.
ci.
cj.
ck.
LETS VISIT BEAUTIFUL BALI cl.
Enjoy Balis beautiful beaches! cm.
Visit the art city of Ubud cn.
Buy beautiful souvenirs cn.
See Mountain Agung and much more cn.
cn.
Weve got it all! Come and see the art shops
cn.
The temples and the exotic dances
cn.
Come and try restaurant cn.
Call Citra Tour, phone (0231) 550876 cn.
cn.
co.
cp.
cq.
cr.
cs.
ct.
cu.
cv.
cw.
25.The advertisement promoted people to
a. Invest in Bali
b. Developed in Bali
c. Plant trees in Bali
d. Go to Bali
cx.
26.Which of the following is not true according to the text?
a. Ubud is the art city in Bali
b. Citra tour provides the equipment for climbing Mountain Agung
c. There many beautiful beaches in Bali
d. In Bali, visitors can stay in Asias Finest Hotel
cy.
27.and the exotic dances.
cz. The underlined word means
a. Colossal
b. Devastating

c. Express
d. Extraordinary
da.
Another Fame of Winning Your Heart
db. no limit for you satisfaction
Theres
17 National Awards 51 International Awards
dc.
New Honda Jazz still moves forward
dd.
With world-beating features and technology
de.
New Honda Jazz is the best car that suites to every
df.
youngster
Do anything, go everywhere!! Jazz up your life
dg.
dh.
28.Who are the most suitable people to drive the car?
a. Young people
b. Old people
c. Children
d. Kids

e.
29.How many awards did New Honda Jazz get?
a. 68
b. 51
c. 34
d. 17

e.
30.New Honda Jazz is the best car that suites to
f. The underlined word means
a. Appropriate
b. Uncomfortable
c. Import
d. Well known
g.
CLARION HOTEL
h.
i.Clarion Hotel & Convention Makassar is very restful sanctuary
j.within the hustling and bustling Capital of South Sulawesi
k.Nestled in the heart of Makassars thriving business district
l.offering 333
m.Accommodations with exquisite furnishing and unsurpassed
n.hospitality
o.The large MICE facilities in town
p.With more than 13 functional rooms and ballrooms with
q.capacity 3000 persons
r.One stop entertainment center in town featuring
s.entertainments club, karaoke rooms, and spa with state of the
t.art equipment and personalized service.
u.
31.The hotel has rooms for accommodation.
a. 13
b. 333
c. 33
d. 3000

e.
32.Which entertainment facilities are not provided by the hotel?
a. Ballroom
b. Karaoke rooms
c. Spa
d. Entertainment club
f.
33.Nestled in the heart of Makassars
g. The word nestled has the same meaning as
a. Occupied
b. Built
c. Stayed
d. Located
h.
i. Feel the difference

j. Sense the luxury
k. Toyota Crown 2010
l.
m. Silver and Fantastic
n. Visit our showroom:
o. Jln. Sultan Alauddin No. 56 Makassar
p. Call: 0411 886666
q.
34.The purpose of the text is
a. To inform where to buy car
b. To tell how to drive a car
c. To describe a car
d. To promote a car
r.
35.Sense the luxury
s. The underlined word has similar meaning with
a. Elite
b. Comfortable
c. Exotic
d. Excessive
t.
NOTEBOOK
u.
ASPIRE
v.
w.
Intel Pentium Dual Core Processor 1.7
x.
GHz
y.
15.4 WXGA Acer Crystal Brite TM TFT
z.
LCD
512 MB DDR 11 RAM
aa.
80 GB HDD
ab.
DVD Super Multi Double Layer Drive
ac.
Acer InviLink TM 11b+g Wi-Fi CERTIFIELD
ad.
TM
ae.

af.
ag.
36.From the advertisement above, we know that the notebook
a.Warranty 1 year
b.512 GB 11 RAM
c.Is Aspire 5720 Z
d.Powered by Intel Pentium
ah.
ai.
a. To conform product
b. To introduce product
c. To show a product
d. To advertise a product
aj.
ak.
At Featherdale
Its Pure Animal Attraction al.
am.
an.
The worlds largest collection of Australia native
ao.
Animals can be found at the multi award winning
ap.
Featherdale Wildlife Park
aq.
ar.
Call in on your way to the majestic Blue Mountains,
as.
get up really close to Koalas, Kangaroos, and
at.
Wallabies, and discover a fascinating family of
au.
more than 2.200 animals, birds, reptiles, including
av. 1
4 /2 meter saltwater crocodiles. Meet them all in a
aw.
Natural Bush setting spreading across 7 level acres
ax.
ay.
Just 40 minutes from Sydney. Featherdale is the
az.
ultimate interactive wildlife
38.What can you see at Featherdale?
Experience for everyone. You cant find it in other
a. A natural bush
zoos in Australia.
b. A wildlife park
c. A fascinating family
d. Australian
ba.
39.Call in on your way to the majestic Blue Mountains
bb. The underlined word has similar meaning with
a. Wonderful
b. Excellent
c. Marvelous
d. Great
bc.
40.What is Featherdale different from other zoos?
a. Featherdale has some tropical animal collections
b. Visitors at featherdale are welcome to interact with animals
c. Featherdale is easy to visit from Sydney
d. Featherdale has the largest collections of wildlife in the world

bd.
be.
ANCOL BEACH GARDEN JAKARTA BAY CITY
bf. The Beach is located in Jakarta where you can find
bg. a place to walk along. Enjoy the volleyball, jogging,
aerobics, swimming, and jet skiing. Ancol Beach
Garden is the place to relax with your friends and bh.
bi.forget about your busy days for a while. The Ancol
bj.Beach Garden provides fun activities such as water
bk.
cycling and fishing or jet skiing and sailing along
bl.the Jakarta Bay.
bm.
For young people, the Ancol Beach Garden offers
bn.
Pantai Festival (Festival Beach). This beach also a
bo.
place for live music. A big stage is provided for
bp.
visitors to enjoy live band performance. Located in
bq.
41.What do people enjoy at Ancol Beach garden?
a. Doing some sports and swimming
b. Doing some water sports and listening to music
c. Watching the beach festival and riding on a water bicycle
d. Sailing along the bay and fishing
br.
42.From the text above, we can conclude that the Ancol Beach Garden is
a. A place to have fun
b. At music arena for musician
c. An international sport stadium
d. A meeting place for music groups
bs.
bt. THE STRANGES PLACE, KEY WEST!
bu.
RIPLEYS
bv.
AS SEEN ON TV
bw.
BELIEVE IT
bx.
OR NOT
by.
bz.
KEY WEST MUSEUM
ca.
cb.
See miracle
cc.
The pure white Buffalo, adds such birth
cd.
Are ever 10 million to one
ce.
108 Duval Street - 305.293.9939-OPEN DAILY
cf.
43.What is the kind of the text?
a. An advertisement
b. An announcement
c. An invitation
d. A description

e.
44.What is the purpose of the advertisement above?
a. To describe the buffalo
b. To attract to see the white buffalo
c. To show the society about the castle of white buffalo
d. To tell the people the breading of the white buffalo
f.
45. the pure white buffalo ..
g. The underlined word has similar meaning with
a. A miracle
b. A strange place
c. A museum
d. Holly
h.
46.What is advertised of the text above?
a. Miracle
b. A strange place
c. A museum
d. A white buffalo
i.
j.
k. REQUIRED
l. A National Plus School is looking for teachers for the Academic
m. Year 2008/2009
n.
o. 1. A play group teacher
p. 2. A kindergarten teacher
q. 3. An elementary teacher
r. 4. An elementary teacher (assistant)
s. 5. An English teacher
t. 6. Sport Teacher (Male and Female)
u.
v. Qualification needed :
w. 1. Fluency in English (1-6)
x. 2. Min. 3 years experience in a good reputation school (1-5)
y. 3. Good behavior and performance
z. 4. Education background, min. S1; Science (1-4); Social and
aa. Literacy (1-2)
ab. 5. Taking care of children (1-4)
ac. 6. TOEFL (5)
ad. 7. Could be American, Canadian, England, or Australian (7)
ae.
Please submit the applications before May 2010, and put the
47.Which qualifications
application must all teacher candidate have?
code to:
a. TOEFL
b.
HRExperience
DEPARTMENT
c.Jln.Education certificate
Terbang Layang No. 21 Pondok Cabe 15418
d. Good behavior and performance
af.
48.How much qualifications needed from required?

a. 6
b. 8
c. 7
d. 9
ag.
ah.
ai.1. 3 bedrooms a family home. Very good condition.
aj. Large yard. Short walk to city center and schools.
ak. Rp. 175.000.000.-
al.
2.
am. Attractive, 3 bedrooms a family home. A separate
an. dining room, 2 bathrooms, small back yard.
ao. Opposite bus stop. Rp. 200.000.000.-
ap.
aq. 3. Luxury 2 bedrooms apartment, near ocean, quiet
ar. location. 45 minutes from city. Rp. 150.000.000.-
4.
as. Attractive, 1 bedroom apartment is anew building.
49.The purpose of the advertisement is
a. To sell cars
b. To deliver food
c. To sell apartment and houses
d. To describe apartments and houses
at.
50.Mr. and Mrs. Davidson have two children and want a home near the school
for under Rp. 200.000.000.-.
au. From the text above, which one is suitable for them?
a. Type 1
b. Type 2
c. Type 3
d. Type 4
av.
aw.
ax.
ay.
az.
ba. Xtreme Cream & Xtreme White
bb. Skin Whitening Cream
bc.
bd. Buy 1 jar of Xtreme Cream & Xtreme White
For only Rp. 25.000,00
be.
or
bf. Buy two jars and get the third one for free
bg.
bh. Xtreme Cream & Xtreme White
bi. Lighten the skin within two weeks(with
bj. continued use)
For woman of all skin tones
Contains vitamins C and E to protect your 112 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL
bk.
bl.
bm.
51.What is the advertisement about?
a. Toner for all skin types
b. Vitamins C and E
c. Skin whitening cream
d. Sun block cream
bn.
52.Who are the targets of the advertisement?
a. Men
b. Babies
c. Woman
d. Children

e.
53.How much one should pay if she takes three jars of Xtreme Cream & Xtreme
White?
a. Rp. 25.000,00
b. Rp. 50.000,00
c. Rp. 75.000,00
d. Rp. 100.000,00

e.
f. ABAHS FRIED CHICKEN
g. Delicious freshly-made fried chicken
h. that leave you wanting more
i.
Now in Bintaro
j. Jaya
k.
l.
54.What is the kind of the text?
a. An invitation
b. An advertisement
c. An announcement
d. A notice

e.
55.According to the text, Abahs Fried Chicken is
a. Wanted in Bintaro Jaya
b. Located in Bintaro Jaya
c. Delicious in Bintaro Jaya
d. Freshly made in Bintaro Jaya
f.
56. that leave you wanting more
g. The word you refers to
a. Visitor
b. Reader
c. Writer
d. Abah
h.
i. QUEENS TANDOOR
j. INDIAN AND CHINA CUISINE
k.
Come
l. and enjoy our excellent food and quality service in a
m. superb ambience
n. Permata Plaza Ground Floor (next to President Hotel)

o. Jl. Thamrin Kav. 57 Jakarta
p. For reservation, please call 021-39032878
E-mail: queens@pacific.net.id
q.
r.
a. Advertisement
b. Descriptive
c. Announcement
d. Label
s.
58.What is the quickest and the most practical way to reserve table in the
restaurant?
a. Going to the restaurant
b. Coming to restaurant earlier
c. Connecting the restaurant via internet
d. Calling the restaurant via telephone
t.
59.Which of the following sentences is TRUE according to the text?
a. The restaurant is located in President Hotel
b. The restaurant offers a big discount every weekend
c. The advertisement persuades the readers to eat in Queens Tandoor
d. The advertisement persuades the readers to eat Indian and China
cuisine
u.
60.Indian and China cuisine
v. The word cuisine has similar meaning with

a. Medicine
b. Snack
c.
d. Food
e. Drink
f.
g.
Mega Mall
Cut Meutiah, Jakarta
TAMAN
Big sale for your RAJA HOTEL
home
3 days only
Provided with first class facilities
Internet forPM
9 AM to 8 each unit (leased line), swimming 117 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL
30% offtwo
pool, all kitchen
tennis court, fitness center, sauna, and
setsare free of charge
karaoke
25%
One of offthe
sofas
largest hotels in Jakarta with 128 units
And
of 8 buildings and adjacent to public golf drive
a. 8 AM
b. 9 AM
c.
d. 10 AM
e. 8 PM
f.

65.If you want to buy some pans you will get a discount.
a. 30%
b. 20%
c. 10%
d. 25%
g.
66.The following are true, except
a. Mega Mall opens for 11 hours
b. We only need to pay 70% from the price for all kitchen sets
c. We get reduction from buying sofas
d. Mega Mall opens only for three days
h.
i. Annual Promo Special
j. 7 days only
k. Storewide
At all DC World Bookstores
l.
m.
n. DISC UP TO 40% !!!
o.
p.
q.
r.
67.From the text we know that
a.All items got more than a 40% discount
b.We can get discount at any DC World Bookstore
c.The promo will last for 2 weeks
d.All DC World Bookstore are wide enough to shop
s.
68.How frequent is the promo?
a. Once a month
b. Twice a month
c. Once a year
d. Twice a year
t.
u.
v.
w.
Enjoy this exclusive
x.
offer
y.
z. GET
aa.
ab.
ac.
ad.
ae.
af.
ag.

IMPORTED BOOKS
11 25 JULY 2012
EUREKA BOOKSTORE
ah.
ai.
aj.
ak.
al.
am.
an.
ao.
ap.
aq.
ar.
as.
69.The discount applies to the following conditions, except
a. In Eureka Bookstore
b. For imported books
c. During 11-25 July 2012
d. Credit card holders
at.
70.Enjoy this exclusive offer.
au. What does the word exclusive mean?
a. Extremely good
b. Very fashionable
c. Private and expensive
d. Limited and no shared
av.
Find the correct spelling and pronunciation
aw.
ax. of more than 80.000 words with this
ay.
az. Electronic Dictionary
ba.
bb. Made of strong plastic
bc. Comes in two colors
bd. Dark gray and light blue
be. Rp. 104.500,-
bf.
bg.
bh.
bi.
71.What is being advertised in the text above?
a. A strong plastic
b. A complete dictionary
c. A correct spelling
d. An electronic dictionary
bj.
72.From the advertisement above, we know that
a. A price of the items is Rp. 104.500,-
b. One of the items color is dark blue
c. There are more than 80.000 words in the item

d. The item comes in many colors
bk.
73.Find the correct spelling and pronunciation.
bl. The underlined word means an ordered set of which forms a word.
a. Phrases
b. Sentences
c. Letters
d. Paragraphs
bm.
bn. VACANCY
English Teacher
bo.
Required Exp/C TEFL preferred
bp.
Ph. Louis 8564791 92, 8 AM-8 PM
bq.
Monday to Saturday
br.
bs.
bt.
74.Which qualification must the teacher candidate have?
a. Explicit
b. Expired
c. Expressive
d. Experience
bu.
75.The word experience is similar meaning to
a. Called
b. Helped
c. Trained
d. Needed
bv.
bw.
bx.
by.

bz.
ca.
cb.
Labels is information/instruction in out of a product in labels usually written
of advantages of product and directions how to use it, and the composition
and indication.
The purpose of the labels is to give information to use the product.
cc.
cd.
ce. QUINNE HAIR TONIC
cf.This hair tonic is processed from the quinine tree to
cg.
help stimulate hair growth. Apply evenly on scalp
ch.
every morning or evening particularly on areas where
ci.hair is thinning and lightly message.
cj.
ck.
1. What does the text tell you about?
a. Hair cut
b. Hair style
c. Hair dressed
d. Hair treatment

2. What is the function of hair tonic?
a. To make hair thin
b. To message scalp lighting
c. To help stimulate hair growth
d. Do process the leave of quinine tree
3.
4.
KIDBOY
5.
ONE IS NEVER ENOUGH.. BUNS TO DIE FOR!
6.
Experience the exhilarating warmth of Kidboy right your kitchen!
7.
Follow these to four easy steps:
8. Preheat your conventional oven/oven toaster to
9. approximately 175C (350 F)
10. Place the buns on banking tray. Warm up approximately 5-7
11.
minutes (with minimum top heat)
12.
13. take it out
14. Leave the buns at temperature for about 1 minutes for
15. maximum crispiness
16.
Storage: freeze the buns in the freeze
17.
Note: microwave and refrigerator arent recommended
18.
Dial-a-bun : Airport JKT, Term 2B : 021-3391-1078 Senayan :
19.How many steps should you do have a nice kid boy bun?
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

e.
20.ONE IS NEVER ENOUGH BUNS TO DIE FOR!
f. What does the sentence probably mean?
a. Kidboy can make people die
b. Kidboy is very tasty for people eat
c. Eating Kidboy is dangerous for people
d. People always eat Kidboy more than two
g.
h. SILVER QUEEN
i. NUTRITION INFORMATION j.
m. Serving per package : Avg. 2 / serving size k.
: 30g l. I
n
g
r
e
d
i
e
n
t
s
:
S
u
g
a
r,
c
a
s
h
e
w
,
M
il
k
S
o
li
d
s,
C
o
c
o
a
M

a
s
s,
C
o
c
o
a
B
u
tt
e
r,
V
e
g
e
t
a
b
l
e
F
a
t,
E
m
u
ls
i
fi
e
r
(
3
2
3
:
S
o
y
)
S
a
lt
Fl
o
u
r.

o. p. Average q. Average r.
quality per serving quality per
100g
s. Energy t. 709kJ u. 236kJ v.
(169Cal) (565Cal)
w. Protein x. 3.6 g y. 12.0 g z.
aa. Fat ab. 10.5 g ac.35.9 ad.

Total g
ae. S af. 4.8 g ag. 1 ah.
atur 5.9 g
ate
d
ai. Carboh aj. 14.4 g ak. 47.6 g al.
ydrate
am. S an. 11.9 g ao. 3 ap.
uga 9.6 g
rs
aq. S ar. 45 g as. 148 at.
odi mg
um
au.
21.How much sodium does the product contain per 100g
a. 45mg c. 565mg
b. 148mg d. 709mg
22.Ingredients: Sugar, Cashew, Milk, Solids, etc
av. The underline word means ... needed to make something.
a. The steps c. The Materials
b. The goals d. The Method
23.How much energy product contain per 100g?
a. 24kJ c. 565Cal
b. 566Cal d. 23kJ
24.How much protein per serving?
a. 4.8g c. 5.6g
b. 4.5g d. 3.6g
aw.
25.How much the fat total contain per 100g?
a. 33.9g c. 35.9g
b. 34.9g d. 36.9g
26.How much energy per saving quality?
a. 166 Call c. 168 Call
b. 167 Call d. 169 Call
27.How much protein per 100g?
a. 10.0g c. 11.0g
b. 10.5g d. 12.0g
28.How much fat total contain per serving?
a. 10.2g c. 10.4g
b. 10.3g d. 10.5g
29.How much saturated per serving?

a. 4.5g c. 4.7g
b. 4.6g d. 4.8g
30.How much saturated per 100g?
a. 15.9g c. 17.9g
b. 16.9g d. 18.9g
31.How much Carbohydrate per 100g?
a. 45.6g c. 47.6g
b. 46.6g d. 48.6g
32.How much Carbohydrate per serving?
a. 12.4g c. 14.4g
b. 13.4g d. 15.4g
33.How much sugar per 100g?
a. 37.6 g c. 39.6 g
b. 38.6 g d. 40.6 g
34.How much sugar per serving?
a. 9.9 g c. 11.9 g
b. 10.9 g d. 12.9 g
35.How many Sodium per serving?
a. 43.3 g c. 45.4 g
b. 44.4 g d. 46.4 g
36.How many materials in passage?
a. 6 c. 8
b. 7 d. 9
37.What is the Kind of the passage?
a. Announcement c. Caution
b. Notice d. Labels
38.What is the little of product?
a. SILVER QUEEN c. CHITATO
b. CHA-CHA d. CHEETOS
39.How many serving size?
a. 30 g c. 20 g
b. 25 g d. 15 g
ax.
40.Average quality per serving
ay. The underline word has same meaning with...
a. Few c. Many
b. Total d. Much
41.How many serving per package?
a. Avg.2 c. Avg,4
b. Avg.3 d. Avg.5
42.How many emulsifiers?
a. 311 c. 333
b. 322 d. 344
az. KUSUKA
ba.
Kusuka brings you a great tasting, traditional Indonesia snack
bb. cassava chips. Cassava also knows as yucca or manioc, is
called
abc.
tropical starch tuber similar to a sweet potato. Kusuka
bd.
cassava chips are crated by combinating current manufacturing
be.
technology and traditional Indonesia recipe. The result is the
best tasting, highest quality cassava chips in the world.
Ingredients: Cassava, Palm Oil, Sugar, Salt, and Seasoning
powder.
Nutrition facts: Serving size 0.9 oz (25 gram) serving for
container 10
Amount per serving: Calories 134 calories from fat 73
bf.
bg.
bh.
bi.
bj.
bk.
43.How are Kusuka Chips produced?
a. Using the manufacturing technology
b. Using the traditional tool
c. Created by manually
d. Combining technology and traditional recipe
bl.
44.Kusuka brings you a great tasting
bm. The underline word means
a. Very big
b. Very expensive
c. Very nice
d. Very small
bn.
45.What is the type of the product?
a. Candy
b. Cake
c. Snack
d. Soft drink

e.
f.
g.
h.
AROMATHERAPY
i.With natural oils delila aromatherapy, is the latest
j.innovation from delila air freshener that gives relaxation
k.
effect.
l.Direction: Shake well before spraying
m.
Caution: Avoid from eye contact. Keep away from children.
n.
Danger! Pressurized content, may exploded at temperature
o.
of above 50oC. Keep in cool and dry place.
p.
Dont puncture and expose to open flame or incinerate.
46.The following are what we should avoid while using the thing, except
a. Puncture it
b. Expose to open flame or incinerate
c. Do eye contact
d. Keep it cold and dry
q.
47.Keep away from children
r. What the notice mean?
a. We must put it near the reach of children
b. We have to put it far from the reach of children
c. We must keep it near the children
d. We have to store it in open area
s.
t.
u.SHRIMP CRACKERS
v.Easy to fry, quickly expand and save the oil usage. Easy
w.to serve sun dry is not needed Fried crackers can be
x.store
u in a jar can be served as snack and a topping of
y.many various dishes.
z.INGREDIENTS: Fresh Shrimp, Selected Tapioca, Egg,
aa.Sugar, Salt.
ab.DIRECTION FOR FRYING: Pour enough oil on the frying
ac.pan and wait until the oil is sufficiently hot. Then drop
48.How themanycrackers in, after
Ingredients areathere
whilein
turn
theitshrimp
over until fully
crackers?
a.expand.
5 Take out from pan and lay on absorbent paper.
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8
ad.
ae.
af.
49.quickly expand and
ag.The underline word has same meaning with
a. Open
b. Rise
c. Fry
d. Absorb

ah.
ai.
aj.
ak.
al.
am.
an.
ao.
ap.
aq.
ar.
as.
at.
au.
50.How many times should a five years old-child take the syrup in a day?
a. Once
b. Twice
c. Three times
d. Four times
av.
51.Store in cold place
aw. The word store has similar meaning to
a. Get
b. Take
c. Stay
d. Keep
ax.
ay. MILK CLEANSER
az. 1. Apply it on the face neck make a slight
ba.
bb. message
bc. 2. Wipe it off with tissue/cotton
bd. 3. Remove it with astringent
be. 4. Use before make-up and bedtime
bf.
bg.
bh.
bi.
52.How many steps we need to use the product?
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 4
bj.
53.What does the text tell you about?
a. The method to make a milk cleanser
b. The instruction to use the milk cleanser
c. The information to get a milk cleanser
d. The instruction to keep the milk cleanser

bk.
54.Which statement is not true based on the text?
a. It is good to rub the milk cleanser on the face and neck
b. People should wife the cleanser with tissue or cotton
c. People should clean it with astringent
d. It is good to use the cleanser after make-up
bl.
bm. NODOUR
bn. all-nature- biodegradable -powerful
bo. Non- Toxic
bp.
Safe
bq.
Powerful
br.
bs. Non- Toxic making it safe to use around your children
bt. and pets
bu. Environmentally friendly and naturally powerful
bv.
bw. NODOUR ELIMINATOR
bx. BABY CARE
by.
bz.
ca.
55.Which statement is true based on the text above?
a. Nodour is made of natural ingredients
b. Nodour eliminates pets bad small
c. Nodour is a product for pets only
d. Nodour is powerful to get your pets away
cb.
cc.
cd.
ce.
cf.
56.The word biodegradable means...
a. Created from plants
b. Able to be recycled
c. Safe for the environment
d. Naturally made
cg.
ch. Good Ink- Professional Quality Refill Ink
ci. BC-02/BX-2 (Black)
Refill ink foe CANON
cj. BJ-10 E/ 10EX/20/200/230
ck. BJC-2 1 0S/210SP/240/265SP
cl. Tap the top the ink bottle, so no ink remains at the top
cm. portion. With push pin, puncture a hole at the top of the
cn. ink bottle
co. To preserve unused ink, insert the pin into the top of the
cp. ink bottle to avoid it become dry
Store the ink bottle in dry, cool, dark places.
cq.
cr.
cs.
ct.
cu.
57.What is the title of the product?
a. Canon
b. HP DeskJet
c. Data print
d. Black Printer
cv.
58.Which statement is not true based on the text above?
a. The color of the refill ink is black
b. The refill ink is usable for any type printer
c. Keep the unused ink dry, cool, dark places
d. Keep the refill ink wet all the time
cw.
59.What will happen if you tore the refill ink bottle under the direct sunlight?
a. The ink will be dried
b. The ink keeps wet
c. The ink will last long
d. The color of ink will change
cx.
cy.
cz.
da.
db.
dc.
dd. FINE CARTRIDGE
de. GENUINE CANON 0615800003 (AA)
df. 40 (BLACK)
For
dg.PIXMA Series/ iP 1200/ iP 1600/iP 1700/MP 150/MP 170/MP 180/MP
ISO/MP
dh. 460
di. Dont open the fine cartridge until you are ready to use it. After
dj. opening gently remove the protective tape and then promptly
dk. install the cartridge in the printer.
dl. Dont touch the electrical contact of the fine cartridge
dm.
To obtain the best printer quality, store the boss with the
dn.
do. bottom facing down
dp. Use up all ink within 6 months after opening to obtain the best
dq. print quality
dr. Refer to the users manual provide with the printer for
ds. information on hoe to open and install the fine cartridge in the
dt. printer and for other precautions.
du. Sore in a location out of the reach of children.
dv.
dw.

a. The steps to protect men cartridge
b. The methods to obtain new cartridge
c. The instruction to use fine cartridge
d. The information to install a new printer
dx.
61.Which statement is not true based on the text above?
a. The color of printer is black
b. Children may touch and play with it
c. It is good to be used before January 2009
d. The cartridge is suitable for certain canon printer
dy.
62.Store in a location out of reach of children. The underline word means
a. Place
b. Located
c. Keep
d. Put
dz.
63.What the meaning with INSTALL BEFORE 2009.01?
a. We must not install it before March 2009
b. We must use it only in January 2009
c. We must not use it after January 2009
d. We must Install it only before January 2009
ea.
eb. Using a Correction Pen
ec. 1. Shake well with cap on before using
2. Remove the cap. Gently press tip to paper and tightly
ed.
ee. squeeze the bottle
ef.
a. The steps to keep the correction pen
b. The methods to make a correction
c. The instruction to make a correction pen
d. The information how to buy a correction pen
eg.
65.Which statement is not true according to the text above?
a. We should shake the correction pen well before using it
b. We should not remove the cap when shaking the correction pen
c. After removing the cap, we should squeeze the bottle strongly
d. We should squeeze the bottle strongly, before removing the cap
eh.
66.How much steps need to use the correction pen?
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3 Electric Mosquito Destroyer
d. 4 Without smoke and ash. It keeps the room
ei. clean. Each VAPE ULTRA MAT is effective for
ej. 38m3 room. It is economical because it only
ek. needs 5 watt of electricity. It can be used at
any models of devices, however to get the
maximum result use Vape Device. Keep away
from the reach of children. In case of
swallowed, consult with the doctor
immediately.
Active material. Metofluthrin 0.198 %
el.
em.
en.
VAPE
eo.
ep.MAT
eq.ULTRA
er.
es.
et.
67.Why should the mat be keep away from the children?
a. It is dangerous to be swallowed
b. It contains dangerous material
c. It can burst to flame
d. It has an electrical current
eu.
ev.
68.What does the synonym of the devices?
a. Pairs c. Equipments
b. Instrument d. Apertures
ew.
ex.
ey. COFFEMIX
ez. NUTRITION FACTS
fa.
Serving size : 1 Sachet (20g)
fb.
Total fat 2.4 g :4%
fc.
Sodium
fd.
20 mg :1%
Total
fe. carbohydrate 16 g: 5%
Sugar
ff. 9g
Protein
fg. 1g
fh. INGREDIENTS
Sugar,
fi. non-dairy creamer, Instant coffee
fj. PREPARATION
fk.
Empty the contents of one sachet coffee into a cup. Add
69.What is the above about?
a. The
150 cc way how to(80
hot water C coffee
get the ). Stirmix
and serve.
b. The usefulness of drinking coffee mix
c. the side effect of drink coffee mix
d. the detail information about coffee mix
fl.
70.Which nutrition fact has the fewest percentage in the coffee mix?
a. Saturday fat c. Sodium
b. Carbohydrate d. Fat
fm.
71.How many materials are the coffee mix made of?
a. Six c. Four
b. Five d. Three
fn.
72.Empty the contents of one sachet into a cup

fo. The underline word means .
a. Open c. Throw
b. Pour d. Take
fp.
fq.
fr.
fs.
ft.
fu.
fv. SUPLEMEN FACTS

Serving size
fw. : 1 tablet
Serving per container
fx. : 20
fy. Amount of % daily value
fz.
Serving
ga.
Vitamin
gb. C (as non acidic 250 mg
gc. 416,67 mg
calcium acerbate)
gd.
ge.
Calcium (as calcium 50 mg
gf. 7,14 mg
gg.
acerbate)
gh.
Citrus bioflavonoid* 50 mg
gi.
Rutin*
gj. 25 mg
Hesperidins*
gk. 25 mg
gl.
Rose hips* 125 mg
gm.
Acerola* 5 mg
gn.
go.
Daily value not established
gp.
Suggested use: 1 tablet after meal
gq.
gr.
gs.
This product contains no artificial colours, flavours,
gt.
73.Whatpreservativies,
is the purpose ofmilk, egg, sugar, chemical solvent,
the text?
a. To advertise a supplement for woman
b. To describe a product for adult
c. To give detailed information about the supplement
d. To tell the value of a supplement
gu.
74.This product contains no artificial
gv. The word artificial in the sentence means
a. Original
b. Pure
c. Unnatural
d. Inexpensive
gw.

gx.
gy.
gz.
ha.
hb.
hc. EXPECTORAN 120 CC
hd. DECADRYL
he.
hf.
DIPHENHYDRAMINE HCI*
hg. NH4CI + Sod. Citrate
hh.
hi. DECONGESTANT, ANTISPASMODIC AND DEMULCEN
Decadryl expectorant cures quickly:
hj.
hk. Coughs, colds, flu, asthma, gastritis, stomach
hl. disturbances, in cases of tightness in the chest,
hm.
hn. Parkinsonism, allergic diseases, etc.
ho. It dilutes tenacious secretion, facilitates expectoration
hp. and relieves pains.
hq.
hr.
Decadryl expectorant has a nice flavor. It is refreshing and
hs.
gives satisfaction tion to the users.
ht.
Dosage:
hu.
Adults : 1 or 2 teaspoonfuls every two or three
hv.
hours.
hw.
Children : to 1 teaspoonsful
every three hours.
hx.
75.What the purpose of the text?
a. To inform the substances of medicine
b. To tell how to get Decadryl
c. To give detail information about Decadryl
d. To describe how Decadryl cure the illness
hy.
76.It dilutes tenacious secretion and relieves paints.
hz. The underline word means.
a. Moves c. Dilutes
b. Changes d. Remove
ia.
ib.
ic.INDICATIONS: For temporary relief of: headache,
id.toothache, pain and fever of colds & flu, and
ie.muscle aches and pains.
if.DIRECTIONS: Adults 1 or 2 tablets with water
ig.every 4 hours, as needs, or as directed by a
ih.doctor. Dont give to children under 12 unless
ii.directed by a doctor.
ij.WARNINGS: Children and teenagers should and
ik.use this medicine for these symptoms before a
doctor is consulted. Keep this out of the reach for

il.
im.
77.This medicine cures
a. Aches and pains
b. Permanent flu
c. Stomachache
d. Temporary headache
in.
78.A ten year old child can take medicine
a. Every 4 hours
b. In case 4 emergency
c. After reading the direction
d. After consulting with a doctor
io.
79. Dont give to children under 12 unless directed by a doctor
ip. The underline word has synonym with
a. Except
b. Must
c. Before
d. Under
iq.
ir.
HERBALis. PEPPERMINT LOZENGES
it.
Soothing and Relieving 5
iu.
Lozenges @2, 5 gram
Herbaliv. Peppermints Lozenges made of quality herbals and honey. It is
effective for soothing your throat and nasal decongestion, and good to
iw. reduce motion sickness.
help
ix.
INGREDIENTS:
iy.
Amimi Fructus, Foeniculliu Fructus, Charyophylli Folium, Menthase
iz.
arvenses, Herba, Zingiberies Rhizoma and other ingredients, sugar,
ja.
glucose and honey.
80.What
Storedo inyou thinkand
a cool thedry
medicine
place for?
a. Headache c. Sore throat
b. Toothache d. Stomachaches
jb.
81.Herbal peppermint Lozenges soothing and relieving
jc. The underline word has similar meaning with
a. Diluting c. Decreasing
b. Refreshing d. Curing
jd.
je.
jf.
jg.
82.The ingredients that medicine except..
a. Amimi Fructus c. Salt
b. Glucose d. Herba
jh.
ji.

SKIN CREAM
Indications : For minor burns, insect bites, and minor
jj.
cuts.
jk.
Directions : Apply a thin layer on the affected area
jl.
three times a day. Dont use it for more than
jm.
to weeks.
jn.
Caution : Dont use on deep wounds.
jo.
For external use only.
jp.
Keep out of childrens reach.
jq.
Consult a doctor if irritation occur us.
jr.
83.It is not suggested to use this product for
a. Less than more two hours
b. More than three hours
c. Less than two weeks
d. More than two weeks
js.
84.Consult a doctor if irritation occurs.
jt. The underline word has the same meaning with
a. Illness
b. Pain
c. Injury
d. Hurt
ju.
a. To tell you how to make it
b. To advertise Skin Cream
c. To give information about Skin cream
d. To describe Skin cream
jv.
jw.
jx.
jy.
jz.
ka.
kb.
kc.
kd.
ke.
kf.
kg. HOW TO USE MIXER
kh.
ki.
kj.
kk.
kl.
km.
kn.
ko. Insert the beaters or kneading hooks
kp. as illustrated in the figure.
Put the ingredients in a bowl
Lower the beaters or kneading hooks into the 138 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL
ingredients
Switch the mixer on
After use depress ejector knob to release the beaters
kq.
kr.
ks.
kt.
ku.
kv.
kw.
kx.
86.When should you release the beaters?
a. Before using the mixer
b. While using the mixer
c. When using the mixer
d. After using the mixer
ky.
87.The text mainly tells about
a. What a mixer is
b. Hoe to make mixer
c. How to operate mixer
d. The good things of a mixer
kz.
88.Before putting the ingredients in a bowl, we should ...
a. Depressing the beaters
b. Turning the mixer on
c. Releasing the beaters
d. Inserting the beaters
la.
89.lower the beaters
lb. The underline word has antonym with.
a. Raise c. Decrease
b. Out d. Under
lc.

ld.
BATUGIN
le. ELIXIR
Batugin
lf. Elixir contains the extract of sonchus arvensis
folia
lg. (daun tempuyung) and Strobilanthus crisps folia
(kejibeling)
lh. as active ingredients in an optimal specific
solution.
li.
Composition:
lj.
Each
lk. 30 ml of elixir (=one cup) contains:
ll. Extract of Sonchus arvensis folia equivalent to 3
lm. gram dried leaves powder
Extract of Strobilanthus crisps folia equivalent to
ln.
lo. 0.3 gr dries leaves powder.
lp.
lq.
Indication:
To lr.
help shedding kidney and urinary stones, and that
ls. improve urinary. It is suggested to continue the
could
lt.
treatment several times and to avoid reformation of new
lu.
kidney stones or urinary stones.
lv.
Dosage and Administration:
lw.
Treatment: one cup 3-4 times daily.
lx.
Prevention and maintenance dose (after the
ly. stones have been pushed out): one cup once
lz.
daily.
ma.
a. To tell how to improve the urinary system
b. To share experience in using Batugin Exilir
c. To give information about Batugin Exilir
d. To describe kidney and urinary system
mb.
91.It is suggested to
mc. The underline word is similar to
a. Advise
b. Persuaded
c. Forced
d. Claimed
md.
me.

mf. hdddddddddddddddddddddd

mg.
mh.
The letter is written message (letter) with various contents and purpose of
being sent to someone. Letter are usually put in an envelope and stamped
before being sent.
Based on the shape and purpose:
Letter official letter office or
mi.Is a letter submitted by an installation / agency to someone or institution
/ other installation
Personal letter
mj.Is a letter submitted from a person other and personal or family
Commercial letter
mk. It is kind of a letter whose contents relate to the interest of
commerce or trade
ml.
a. Dear, Johnson
b. Hello, Johnson. Hows life treating you? Do hope everything is okay.
I tell you what Im writing this letter is to confirm about your
invitation. You said that I can visit you whenever I want to go to
your city, Texas. I happily accept your invitation.
c.
d. Well, will it be OK if I come to your house this weekend?
e. I plan to spend my school holiday in Texas. I must be exciting to be
in Texas again. Besides, I want to meet Eva, Helen, your father and
mother. I just need to confirm if this coming weekend is OK.
However, if you have something to do, I really understand.
f. Send my best regard to all your family that I miss so much. Hope
to know you reply soon.
g. Yours,
h. Nowo
mm.
1. What is Texas like according to Nowo?
a. Boring
b. Confusing
c. Exciting
d. Frightening
mn.
2. From the passage we know that Johnson
a. Has two sister
b. Accept Nowos invitation
c. Never invites Nowo
d. Ever visited Nowo
mo.

3. If you have something to do
mp. What does the word you in the sentence
refer to?
a. Johnsons father
b. Johnson
c. Helen
d. Eva

e.
4. I just need to confirm if this coming
f. What does the underlined word mean?
a. To deliver the news
b. To get information
c. To show uncertainty
d. to make sure
g.
a. Jl. Garuda 159 h.
b. Surabaya
i.
c.
d. March30, 2007 j.
e. Dear Ratih, k.
f. Im sorry I havent informed l.
you about my holiday yet. m.
g. Actually Raka and I want to go to n.
your town soon as possible. But, my father doesnt let us go o.
to your house alone. We have to wait our fathers holiday. p.
h. We will leave on next Saturday q.
evening by train. We will arrive at your town on Sunday at r.
about two p.m. I hope you can pick us up at the railway s.
station. t.
i. Thats all my information. I u.
hope we will spend our holidays happily. Give my best
v.
regards to uncle, aunt, Rico, Edi, Joko.
j. Cheers, w.
k. Putri 5. How would
Putris
family go to Ratihs house?
a. By plane
b. By train
c. By bus
d. By car
x.
6. When would they arrive at Ratihs house?
a. On Sunday afternoon
b. On Sunday evening
c. On Saturday evening
d. On Saturday afternoon
y.
7. Who is Putris brother?
a. Joko
b. Edi
c. Riko
d. Raka
z.
aa.

ab.
l. Dear Aunt Tia
ac.
m. Aunty, I have good news for you.
ad.
Last month I passed my final examination. A week ago I
ae.
succeeded to join in a senior high school English
af.
competition. Last night my parents promised to send me to
ag.
a famous English course in my town. They also promised me
ah.
if my scores in English are good, theyll send me to a foreign
ai.
university. Great, isnt it? Ill work hard. I want to be a great
aj.
pediatrician like you, Aunty.
ak.
n. Well, thats all for now. Looking
al.
forward to having your news.
am.
o. Love,
8. What
p. Debby
is the
purpose of the text?
a. To entertain the reader with a joke
b. retell the writers experience
c. To describe the writers experience
d. To inform some good news
an.
9. What did Debbys parents promise her?
a. To make her pass the final examination
b. To send her to a senior high school
c. To send her to an English course
d. To make her a pediatrician
ao.
10.How does Debby feel?
a. Anxious
b. Thoughtful
c. Scared
d. Glad
ap. From : Sandyawan@yahoo.com

aq. To : putri_ayu@yahoo.com
ar.
as. Dear Putri,
at. I hope this e-mail finds you will. If you still
remember, Im planning to visit you at the end of this month. Ill go with
my brother Yona. I really appreciate if youd like to be our guide during our
stay in your town. I want to visit my places, actually. Id to see the
museum. As you know I am crazy about old things. And of course, the
beautiful botanical garden challenges me a lot. And, I wont miss the
beautiful white sandy beach, your favorite place, right? I think Yona would
like to see a zoo because he cant stop thinking of animals. Just kidding.
au. Can you suggest another interesting place
to visit? I have more idea Ok, Ill let you know when we arrive there.
av. Sandy
aw.
11.What is Putri favorite place?

a. The garden
b. The museum
c. The beach
d. The zoo
ax.
12.How many place does Sandy mention in the e-mail above?
a. Four
b. Three
c. Two
d. One
ay.
az. Dear Naurah,

ba. Im going to leave
for Jakarta for a short vacation next Saturday. I have
decided to take a plane from Sultan Hasanuddin
Airport, Makassar. In Jakarta I will stay in my familys
house for three days.
bb. On the first day,
Im going to go to sightseeing around the city. On the
second day, Im planning to visit Taman Mini
Indonesia Indah. I really want to buy some interesting
souvenir there.
bc. On the last day, I
want to take a walk to the shopping centers. Do you
think the plans sound great? If you have time please
accompany me during my vacation.
bd. I hope to see you
soon,
be. Tsabita
bf.
13.The passage is about Tsabitas plan to
a. Visit a friend in Jakarta
b. Go shopping in Makassar
c. Have a holiday in Jakarta
d. Buy interesting souvenirs
bg.
14.What does the text mostly tell about
a. Tsabitas plan
b. Naurahs plan
c. Tsabita vacation
d. Naurahs vacation
bh.
bi.
bj.
bk.
15.Which of the following isnt stated in the text?
a. Tsabita plants to have a holiday

b. Naurah lives in Makassar
c. Naurah is Tsabitas friend
d. Tsabita hope to see Naurah soon
bl.
bm.
bn. q. Dear Sisi,
bo. r. Sisi, I have read your e-mail. I
am so glad knowing that your family will come here next holiday.
s. We havent seen each other for
a long time. I miss you so much. If you come here, I will show you
a new park in my town. It is a nice place, you know.
t. Your inform that you and your
family will go by train.
u. However, I dont know when
you come here exactly. Please tell me the time, I can pick you up
at the railway station.
v. Love to uncle Aris, Auntie, and
Tika.
w. OK, that all for now, please
replay soon.
x. Love,
y. Zalza
bp.
bq.
br.
bs.
bt.
bu.
bv.
bw.
bx.
by.
bz.
16.What is the purpose of writing e-mail?
a. Asking for information about the time
b. Describing Zalzas family
c. Making an appointment
d. Inviting someone
ca.
17.Which of the following statements is wrong about the text?
a. There is new park in Zalzas house
b. Zalza knows when Sisi will come
c. Sisi will visit Zalza next holiday
d. Sisi will come by train
cb.
18.What is relationship between the sender and the receiver of the e-mail?
a. Relatives
b. Friend

c. Siblings
d. Sister
cc.
19.If you come here, what does the word you in the five sentence?
a. Relatives c. Tika
b. Zalzah d. Sisi
e.
f.
g. Dear Nan,
h. We are having a
great holiday here on the Gold Coast. Yesterday we
went to the Movie World. When we got up in the
morning, it looked like rain. After a while the cloud
disappeared. And it became a sunny day. We then
decided to go to the Movie World.
i. The first ride I
went on was Lethal Weapon. Next I saw the Police
Academy Show. After that I had lunch I was really
hungry. Meanwhile, Mum and Kelly queued for the
Batman Ride. About one oclock we got a light
shower of rain it cleared up soon after. We then went
on all the other rides.
j. It was a top day.
See you when you get back.
k. Sam
l.
20.What is the letter about?
a. The shower of rain
b. Movie World
c. The gold coast
d. Sams holiday
e.
21.What is the main idea of the paragraph 3?

a. A great holiday in the Movie World
b. Sams activities in the Movie World
c. Police Academy Show
d. The weather in gold Coast
e.
22.Where did Sam spend his holiday with his family?

a. At the Police Academy
b. On the Movie World
c. In Lethal Weapon
d. On the Gold Coast
23.What did they get one oclock?

a. Batman Ride
b. A little rain
c. Shower
d. Lunch
e.
24.The word we in the text refers to?

a. Sam, Mum, and Kelly c. Sam and Mum
b. Mum and Kelly d. Sam and Nan
e.
25.The word queued in paragraph 3 means
a. Waited for
b. Sat down
c. Lined up
d. Went on
e.
f. From : Wildan
wildan@gmail.com
g. Date and time : June 5, 2010
h. Subject : Joining
course plan
i. Dear Jody,
j. Thanks for the e-mail that
you sent a week ago. Sorry for writing back so late because Ive
been very busy from all the schools assignment. There is so
much to do because the new semester has just started! It is
interesting to read about your plan in joining a course to
improve your English this semester. If you dont mind I would
like to suggest you a course to join. It is Oak Tree, a honey
education center. Its a place not only to improve your skill in
English but also to have a music lesson. You can have English
and music lesson in one place, as I know you have good talent
in language and music. If you want to know more about it, I am
ready to take you there, just contact me!
k. Sincerely
l. Wildan
m.
26.What does the text tell us about?
a. An English institution
b. A home education center
c. An English education center
d. Plan in joining an English course
e.
27.Its place not only to improve your skill in English but

a. The underlined word has antonym with

a. Reduce
b. Developed
c. Decrease
d. Increase
b.
28.What does Jody want to do this semester?

a. Does all the schools assignment
b. Join Oak Tree
c. Have a music lesson
d. Improve his English
a. Kupang
b. 23rd June, 2011
c. Dear Halizah,
d. Last month was the February fair
at my school. It was great event. There were many stalls and
entertainments.
e. They sold vary of the region
handicrafts. For example Solo student brought Batik, the student from
Nusa Tenggara brought leather craft, etc. there were so many kinds of
food, like gudeg from Yogyakarta, pempek from Palembang, siomay from
Bandung and so on.
f. I and my friends performed
Serampang Dua Belas dance on Dance Show Night. While the other
students amused the visitors with their folk dance. What fun events they
are!
g.
h. Love,
i. Hamida
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.

v.
w.
29.The purpose of sending letter is
a. To describe the writers school
b. To retell the writers school fair
c. To inform the entertainment
d. To show the dance
e.
30.The word amused has similar meaning with

a. Showed
b. Danced
c. Performed
d. Entertain
e.
31.What does the word they (paragraph 2) refer to?

a. The person
b. The student
c. The seller
d. The visitor
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p. Dear Betty,
q. Im writing to
you concerning of my last day in Yogyakarta. I just
got back from Borobudur, the wonderful temple
Ive ever seen. The weather is fine. We are now
staying in a hotel. Its not far from Malioboro. We
are treated well here. It has many excellent staff
who server the costumer. We plan to go around
Malioboro after the children take a short map.
r. We went to
enjoy having lesehan there. It is a kind of a
restaurant, but we sit on the ground.
s.
t. Many kinds of

local handicraft are sold along Malioboo Street.
Both domestic and foreign tourists are interested in
them. I want to buy some as souvenir.
u. Dont worry, Ill
also buy you most interesting one.
v. Love,
w. Dara
x.
32.What does this letter about?
a. A comfortable hotel in Malioboro
b. The souvenir to be bought
c. The wonderful Borobudur temple
d. Daras last day in Jogja
e.
33.How does the staff serve the costumer of the hotel?

a. Good
b. Great
c. Nicely
d. Friendly
e.
34.Both domestic and foreign tourist are interested in them (paragraph 2)

a. The word them refers to?
a. Local Handicraft
b. Foreign Tourist
c. Domestic Foreign
d. Malioboro Street
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h. Dear Aunt,
i. How are you? Well, I hope.
Im ok, studying hard as usual.
j. I miss you all, so I have a
plan to visit you in the village next week. I will take the morning
train and Ill get all the stuffs from mom for grandmother with
me. Would you pick me up when I come Id very grateful for
that. I cant hardly wait, Ill see you next week.
k. Love
l. Emma
m.

b. To give permission
c. To ask for permission
d. To ask for information
e.
36.Ill get stuffs from mom for grandmother.

a. The word stuff has synonym with
a. Clothes
b. Food and drink
c. Supplies
d. Materials
b.
c. To : ananda@yahoo.com
d. cc :
e. bee :
f. subject :
g. Dear Nanda,
h. I got your e-mail three days ago.
Im sorry for being late to reply it. Ive been so busy lately. Im glad
we will have long holidays. Why dont we meet each other? I plan to
but she couldnt make it, so only my mum and dad will accompany
me. Please let me know a good hotel where we can stay and some
interesting place to visit. I hope youll be my guide during our visit
to your country.
i. Love,
j. Michele
k.
l.
m.
n.
37.What does the Michele ask Nanda to do?
a. Show her some interesting place
b. Tell her about good hotels
c. Look for guide for her
d. Stay with her in hotel
e.
38.Who is going to accompany Michele to visit Indonesia?

a. Her friends c. Nanda
b. Her parents d. Nancy
39.Ive been so busy lately

a. The underlined word has antonym with
a. Just now
b. Long time ago
c. At the moment
d. At present

b.
c. 23 Jln. Jendral
Sudirman
d. Bandung, Jawa
Barat
e. March, 4 2007
f. Dear Aunt Dewi,
g. How clever you
send me blue beads! I was planning to wear a blue
sweater and plaid skirt to the morning bazaar next
Sunday and the beads will match perfectly.
h. Our bazaar is
going to the bigger than ever this year. Were having
exhibits of arts and crafts books, food and the flower
arrangements. In the bazaar there will be folk dance
and games. You should be there! Thank you again for
thoughtful gift.
i. Your laving niece
j. Nita
k.
40.Nita wanted Aunt Dewi to go to the bazaar because

a. Her Aunt promised to go there to run the bazaar
b. She wanted Aunt Dewi to watch the folk dance and games
c. She though her Aunt would not be busy then
d. Their flower arrangement would be exhibited there
e.
f. Dear Family,
g. How are you doing? Remember
me? We meet at Smutzer Primate Museum in Ragunan Zoo in Jakarta
last month. I am really glad that you chose my country to spend the
vacation. Sorry, I cant enclose our photo here, because you know, my
youngest brother, Irfan, deleted them. I had not kept them yet in the
camera. Here I give you some photos of Irfans birthday. We celebrated
it by having lunch together. You can see my big family. My mom
roasted 3 big fish. Hmm yummy!!
h. How about your activity this
th
semester? Youre in class 11 , right? I want to know about Victoria. I
want to be your pen pal. So I can improve my English, and you can
improve your bahasa Indonesia, too. Okay, thats all for the first letter. I
am looking forward to hearing from you. Send my love to your mom
and grandma. Bye!
i. Your pal,
j. Mirda
k.

l.
41.The writers purpose of writing this letter is
a. To tell about activity in this semester
b. A students exchange program
c. To have pen pal
d. To tell her experience
e.
42.What is relationship between Emily and Mirda?

a. Cousin c. Relative
b. Family d. Friend
e.
f. Last Wednesday, I wanted for the
last schedule shipment on LB 377 ocd. On our schedule, it was started
that the cargo would depart at 6.00 pm. But in fact, I had to wait for
two hours at the harbor. It has happened many times. Because of that,
I was late to have our final packaging at my office in Semarang.
g. You have to pay deeply attention
to my letter. Do your best for your customers. I am sure that you
realize how important a costumer is for your company.
h. Best Regard,
i. Steve
j.
43.What does this letter tell us about?

a. Informing about the schedule
b. Complaining about the service
c. Asking for the information
d. Replaying the complaint
e.
44.Why was Steve late for his final packaging?

a. Because he didnt know the time for final packaging
b. Because he attended the activity for final packaging
c. Because he forgot the shipment schedule
d. Because the shipping cargo to Semarang was delayed
e.
45.Which is not true about Steve according to his letter?

a. He realize how important the costumer are
b. He didnt feel disappointed with the service
c. He wrote a complaint letter to the manager
d. His office in Semarang
e. Yogyakarta, 6th May

2009
f. Dear Kelly,
g. Hi Kelly! It has been a

while since we meet each other. How are you?
h. How is your sister Jen?
I really miss you both. I remember those good old days
when we were still in high school. Do you still remember
what we did to our beloved teacher? I really cant forget
that time when he realizes that no one was in the class. I
really had a good time that day.
i. By the way, I am going
to Bali next weekend. I really that both of you can come. It
will be really nice to spend our weekend there. Have
booked two hotel rooms at Grand Mercure Hotel for three
of us. I really look forward to hearing from you about this
plan. It wont be fabulous without you both. So, please try
to make it.
j. Call me as soon as
possible because I have to contact the hotel again to
confirm about the rooms.
k. Love,
l. Vina
m.
46.What did Vina and Kelly do to their teacher?
a. They made fun of the teachers
b. They didnt attend the teachers class
c. They treated their teacher will
d. They didnt do the homework
e.
47.What is relationship between Kelly and Vina?

a. They are a teacher and the student
b. They are schoolmate
c. They are old friends
d. They are sister
e.
f.
48. it wont be fabulous without you both (paragraph 2)

a. Successful
b. Heinous
c. Marvelous
d. Fascinating
b.
c. Dear Uncle,
d. How is your day? I hope you
always have happy days.
e. Uncle, you know, so far I
have joined some activities at school. And now I have a new

activity. I join Green Community. It is a community that works to
save an earth. Our daily event that is arranged at least once a
month is planting trees.
f. Through the letter, I
enclosed my photograph when I was doing the activity. You can
see that I can plant a tree. Thanks to the senior who has guide
me how to plant a tree well. Uncle, Im really happy to be part of
it. I really want to save planet from global warming.
g. Well, thats all for now,
Uncle. See You
h. Love,
i. Dea
j.
49.What is Green Community?

a. A community to save the earth
b. An activity to stop global warming
c. An extracurricular activity
d. An activity at school
e.

a. The writer knows well how to plant a tree
b. The writers uncle knows well about the write activities
c. The arm Green Community is to stop global warming
d. The arm of Green Community is to save earth
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o. j. Dear Linda,
p. k. Hi! I am writing for the holidays. It will be here in
q. three weeks. My family is planning to go to the
r. Bunaken Island. It is well known for its beautiful sea
s. garden. We are going to see the scenery of the
t. garden. Also, Im going to watch the colorful fish and
u. various types of coral reefs from its surface. We are
v. going to use a special boat for that. If possible Im
w. going to do some diving. Wow! It is going to be
x.
interesting experience.
y.
l. So how are you? What are you planning for your
holiday? Tell me the activities you are going to.
Please write soon.
m. 157 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL
Your friend,
n. Dani
z.
51.What is the writers plan for holiday?
a. To get an interesting experience
b. To see the garden Bunaken
c. To write a letter soon
d. To use special boat
e.
f.
o. From : Nadya nadya@yahoo.com
p. To : Rafi rafi@gmail.com
52. q. Date : Wednesday, 5th January
2011 8:30 pm
r. Cc :
s. Subject : Holiday
t. Hi Tom, hows life? Were going to
have a long holiday this summer, arent we? What are you going to?
You know, summer is a good time for camping and hiking. We are
planning to go to the Devon Mountain. Its nice place for camping and
hiking. Its also a nice place for fishing. Theres a river near the
campsite, but Im not really keen on it. At night well sit around the fire
and sing songs. Why dont you join us? Itll be more fun if you come.
u. Let me know soon.
v. Your best friend,
w. Rajiv
We know from the text that
a. Dani and his family were well known
b. Bunaken is a recreation place
c. The holiday will be boring
d. Dani cant swim well
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.

s.
t.
53.What activities is Rajiv going to do at night in the Devon Mountain?
a. a. Climb and go camping
b. b. Go camping and fishing
c. c. Go camping and hiking
d. d. Sit around the fire and sing
e.
54.Why are they going to the Devon Mountain?

a. Theyre going to fish in the river
b. Theyre going to camp and hike
c. Its nice place for holidays
d. Its the summer season
x. Dear Catherine,
y. Im sorry I cant pick you up at the airport but luckily, my friend
Steve can (he work at night, so he is free in the morning).
z. I just want to make sure about the information. Your plane arrives
at 11 am on 25th June and your flying on KLN Air #1327. Is that right?
aa. I told Steve to look a woman with two young girls, but he wanted
more information. Do you look the same? What about your daughters?
You shouldnt have a problem finding Steve at the airport. Hes very tall
and thin. He has curly brown hair, a moustache and a beard.
ab. I cant wait to see you!
ac. Love,
ad. Rony
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
w.
55.How many person will Steve meet at the airport?
a. One
b. Two

c. Three
d. Four
e.
56.Steve will pick Catherine up wit her daughters at the airport because
a. He is free in the morning
b. He works at the airport
c. He is so busy
d. He wants more information
e.
57.I cant wait to see you (Last sentence)

a. What does the word you refer to?
a. Rony
b. The writer
c. Steve
d. Catherine
b.
58. but luckily, my friend can
a. What does the underlined word means?
a. Fortunately
b. Basically
c. Actually
d. Accidentally
b.
c. To : Connie connie@yahoomail.com
d. From : Lucy lucy@gmail.com
e. Date and Time : 21st December 2010
f. Subject : My extra-curricula activities
g. Dear Connie,
h. Thanks for your e-mail and photo. You look very smart in the
Girl Scout uniform. Let me tell you about my extra-curricula activities.
i. I am very proud to be a member of the Police Cadet Corps. We
usually hold parades on Saturday afternoons. Marching under blazing
sun is hard work. Although we sweat a lot, we still enjoy it because it
helps us to become though and disciplined. After that, we have
lectures on a variety of subjects. Sometimes, we also have shooting
practice. And during the school holidays, we usually attend a training
camp.
j. I guess I have told enough about my extra-curricula activities.
Wishing you all the best!
k. lucy
l.
59.What is the e-mail about?

a. Lucys training campsite
b. Lucys activities at school
c. Connies extra-curricula activities

d. Lucys extra-curricula activities
e.
60.As a member of the Police Cadet Corps, Lucy does the following, except
a. Has the first-aid practice
b. Holds parades
c. Attend a training camp
d. Has lectures on various subjects
ae. Medan, 4th February 2011

af. Dear Egar,
ag. I am very sorry for this late reply. I have just returned from my
hometown. I was on a holiday but I did not really enjoy my stay there.
Things were not the same as they used to be.
ah. When I was a child, I used to swim and go fishing with my brother
and my friends in the river near my house. I liked the river because the
water was clean and there were a lot of fish in it.
ai. Now, the river is full of garbage and the water is turbid. The fish are
gone and the area around the river is dirty. There are no children swimming
and fishing in the river because the water is ominous. The chemical waste
from the factories makes it poisonous.
aj. The condition of the river really makes me sad. What about your
hometown? Do you have the same problem with polluted river?
ak. Thats all. I have to study for the coming semester exam. Please write
to me soon.
al. Yours, Zaki
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
w.
61.Where did Zaki write the letter?
a. In his boarding room
b. In his hometown

c. In his village
d. In the river
e.
62.What does Zaki talk about the letter?

a. The rivers in his hometown
b. The river near his school
c. The river near his house
d. Rivers in general
e.
f.
g. Date : Sun, 27 February, 2011

h. 10:08:11 08.00
i. To : veronica-cute@yahoo.com
j. Cc :
k. Subject : Congratulation
l. Dear Vero,
m. Im happy because you have got scholarship to study in
Australia. Congratulations! Youre really a clever student.
n. Im so sorry I couldnt join your farewell party last week.
Actually I wanted to, but at that time my little sister was
hospitalized because of high fever.
o. When are you going to Australia? I hope we can meet before
you go. And I wish you be successful in your study, and you will
feel at home there.
p. I look forward to hearing from you.
q. Ratna
r.
63.When was the farewell party probably held?

a. 27th March 2011
b. 20th March 2011
c. 27th February 2011
d. 20th February 2011
e.
64.Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the e-mail?

a. Ratna hope she can meet Veronica before she goes to Australia
b. Veronicas sister was hospitalized last week
c. Ratna didnt join the farewell party
d. Veronica got a scholarship to study in Australia
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
am. Mr. Luke Wright t.
an. Flat 24 Park Lane, t.
ao. Ealing Road. London t.
ap. t.
aq. Dear Luke, t.
ar. Hope this letter finds you in your best spirit as ever. First of t.
all, thanks a lot for inviting me and my family to spend this t.
summer vacation with you. Its along time since we have met and t.
just a few days back. I was thinking to meet you. I really feel t.
excited and obliged to accept your holiday invitation. t.
as. My wife and kids were more excited than me knowing that t.
we will be visiting your place for holidays. I am thrilled to imagine t.
what fun we all will do just like our old golden days. I hope our visit t.
will not cause any inconvenience to you and in case you have any t.
other plans, dont hesitate to let us know. I will make my booking t.
for the flight and will let you know the details as soon as possible. t.
at. Give my regards to Uncle and Aunty and love to Samantha t.
and kids. Dying to meet you soon. t.
au. Your friend, t.
av. Johnny t.
t.
u.
v.
w.
x.
y.
65.What is the writers plan for the holidays?

a. Booking a hotel
b. Visiting an old friend
c. Spending in a villa
d. Booking special flight
e.

a. Johnny and Luke are brother
b. Summer is beautiful vacation for Johnny
c. Johnny like to spend his holiday in UK

d. Johnnys family often visit Lukes family
e.
f. aw. 9 Grove Road Earling
London, 6 January 2011 g.
ax. Dear Jo, h.
ay. I know that you are in London now. Your father wrote to us i.
about it. While you are in London, would you like to stay with us j.
on Sunday? We have a spare room for you. Whats more our k.
home is very close to shopping centre and the best school in l.
London. m.
az. It is easy to get to our house. Just take the 234 bus and get n.
67. off at the bus stop opposite St. Mary School. Walk back a bit and What
turn right. You will see a house with blue doors. Thats ours. Well, does the
think about it, and we hope you can come letter tell
ba. Love, Liz you
about?
a. An invitation to Lizs house
b. The location of Lizs house
c. Jos holiday
d. Lizs friend
e.
68. Where does Liz live?

a. In London
b. In front of the St. Mary School
c. In a city
d. At 19 Grove Road Earling, London
e.
69. From the text we can conclude that ...

a. Jo had few days holiday in London with her family
b. Lizs family live in downtown
c. Jos father write a letter to Lizs family
d. Liz is Jo classmate
e.
70.We have a spare room for you

a. What does the synonym of the underlined word?
a. Large
b. Space
c. Big
d. Free
b.
c. Jalan AP Pettarani 45
d. Makassar
e. 6 December 2010
f. Dear Rafli,
g. Tiara and I will have a semester holiday next month. We plan to

go to Bali. Because our holiday is very short so we will stay there from 5
to 10 January 2010.
h. By the way, can you help me to pick us up at Ngurah Rai Airport?
We will leave for Bali on Thursday at 07.00 am in the first flight from
Hasanuddin Airport. It will take us one hour to reach Bali. I hope you can
reply me soon to inform you readiness to pick us up at the airport.
i. Well, I must finish now. I must prepare my self for the
examination tomorrow. Okay, see you there.
j. Love,
k. Lukman
l.
m.
71. What is the main topic of the text?
a. Lukmans activities in Bali
b. Lukmans schedule to spend holiday
c. Lukmans friend in Bali
d. Lukmans plan to spend holiday
e.
72.What time will Lukman and Tiara arrive at Ngurah Rai Airport?
a. At 08:00 am
b. At 08:00 pm
c. At 09:00 am
d. At 20:00
e.
73. I hope you can reply me soon.

a. What does the underlined word means?
a. Bring
b. Lend
c. Inform
d. Tell
b.
c. The Manager of
d. PT. Kereta Api Indonesia
e.
f. Dear Sir,
g. Last Friday I travelled by Parahiyangan to Jakarta from
Bandung. I got a ticket for seat no. 34 C. but when I got on the
train, someone had sat on my seat. I told this problem to the
ticketing officer, but he couldnt give me a satisfactory answer. I
was really upset that time.
h. Minutes later, the conductor offered me to sit at back row
beside the rest room. Although I didnt like it, I accepted his offer. I
can tell you that it was really irritating and I was really
disappointed.

i. Hope you can improve the way in giving service to the
costumer. And please take consideration on my complaining.
j. Yours,
k. Budiman
l.

a. Travelling on rail way
b. A train passenger
c. A trip from Jakarta to Bandung
d. Complaining
e.
f.
75. What id the passenger do when he didnt get his seat?
a. He ... the ticketing officer.
a. Complained to
b. Talked to
c. Shouted at
d. Was angry with
b.
c.

d.

e.
f.
Recount text is a text tells us about event or activity in the past. It is usually
focused on the writers past experience.
The structure of recount :
- Orientation
g. It tells us who was involved in the story, when, where, and, why
the story happened
- Events
h. Series of events tell us about what are going on the story in the
chronologis orders
- Reorientation
i. Concludes the story
j. When the earthquake happened. Tom was on his

k. motorcycle. He was driving home from school. Suddenly his
l. motorcycle lurched to one side. His motorcycle suddenly
becomes m. unstable. He thought he got a flat trey. He did not know
that theren.was an earthquake. But suddenly, he saw some
electricity poles falling to the ground. He said they were like
o.matchsticks. The poles were like matchsticks. The next thing was
p. the rock. He saw lots of rocks tumbling across the road. He was
q. trapped there by the rocks. So he could not move his
r. motorcycle.
s. The earthquake lasted less than a minute, but it made a
t. lot of damage. There were rocks everywhere. So, he left his
u. motorcycle and walked a long way to his house, in the town.
v. When he got there, he was very surprised that there wasnt
1. What happened to Tom?
a. He got a flat trey
b. He saw some matchsticks falling
c. A lot of rocks tumbling across the road
d. He was trapped by the rocks
w.
2. Where was he at the time?
a. He was on the way home
b. He was studying at school
c. He was at home
d. He was in the class room
x.
3. What is paragraph 2 about?
a. The earthquake
b. A minute after the earthquake
c. A lot of damage made by the earthquake

d. There wave rocks a long the way
y.
4. When he got there. He was very surprised.
z. The antonym of the underline word is .
a. Exited c. Quiet
b. Busy d. Disappointed
aa.
ab. BREAKFAST OR LUNCH

ac. It was Sunday. I never get up early on Sundays. I
ad.
sometimes stay in bed until lunchtime. Last Sundays I got up
very late I looked but window it was dark outside.
ae.
af. What a day? I thought its raining again. Just then the
telephone
ag. rang. It was may Aunt Lidia. Ive just then arrived
by train, she said.
ah.
ai. Im coming to see you, but Im still having breakfast, I
said. What are you doing? she asked.
aj.
Im having breakfast, I repeated. ak.
al. Dear me she said. Do you always get up so late? Its
one
am. oclock.
an.
5. The text above is about
a. Having breakfast
b. Getting up early
c. Having lunch
d. Getting up very late
ao.
6. Why did the writer get up very late last Sundays?
a. He didnt like to get up early
b. He didnt have breakfast
c. He didnt go to school late
d. He didnt have lunch
ap.
7. What is the main idea of the paragraph?
a. Getting up very late
b. Staying in bed until lunch
c. Coming to see you
d. Having breakfast or lunch
aq.
ar.
as.
8. It was dark outside. What a day!
at. What is the synonym of the underline word ?
a. Nearer black
b. With no light
c. Hidden
d. Mysterious

au.
av. It was a Sunday morning, December 26th, 2004. The day that I would
never forget for the rest of my life. We went to the beach not far from our
aw. in Meulaboh, Aceh. Many people were there when we arrived. Some
house
ofax.
them were swimming in the sea. Others were watching the fisherman
ay.
pulling the nets. The children were playing with balls in the seashore.
az. When we were enjoying the beautiful sunrise, suddenly we were
ba.
shocked by a violent shake in the ground. Everybody in the beach got
bb.
panic. We soon realized that it was a very big earthquake although it
bc. in very short time.
struck
bd. We havent been relieved from than another strange thing
be.
happened in front of us. There we saw the water was going into the middle
bf.
of the sea. No wonder if there were many kinds of fish left behind on the
bg.
sand. Picking up the fish was just like picking up the spread out rocks. It
bh.
was very easy! For a while we forgot about the earthquake. We all seemed
bi.
to be astonished by the view until we realized that there was a huge wave
bj.
came
bk. towards us and destroy everything in its way.
bl. I didnt realize what had happened. I didnt know anything until I
found
bm. my self hanging on a branch of a tree.
bn.
bo.
bp.
9. What is the purpose of the text?
a. To describe Meulaboh, Aceh
b. To retell past event
c. To entertain readers and friends
d. To inform something old
bq.
10.Based paragraph 1, the day was .
a. Annoying
b. Boring
c. Confusing
d. Pleasing
br.
11.Paragraph 2 tells us about?
a. People were enjoying the beautiful sunrise
b. Everybody was panic
c. A very big earthquake struck in a short time
d. People didnt care about a violent shake in the ground
bs.
12.It was very easy! (paragraph 3)
bt. The underline word means .
a. Spread our rocks
b. Picking up the spread out rocks
c. The fish
d. Picking up the fish

bu.
bv.
13.From the story, we must fell
a. Sorry
b. Happy
c. Excited
d. Amused
bw.
bx. One day, Andrew, an Australian reporter was driving home
by. his office. It was a very hot day. The air conditioner was not
from
working,
bz. so Andrew wound down his car window to let enough air
come
ca. in his car. Then he switched on the radio.
cb. When he reached the traffic light, they were red. Andrew
stopped
cc. his car and waited patiently for the lights to turn green. He
notice
cd. a white van coming from the opposite direction. It also
stopped at the traffic light.
ce.
When the lights turn green, both vehicles started moving. As
cf.
the van passed Andrews car, it suddenly slipped over. The back
cg. of the van sled open and a package of frozen sausages flew
door
ch. The package hit Andrew on the nose and broke it. Andrews
out.
ci. was bleeding badly. He was very furious that he yelled at the
nose
cj.
14.Where was Andrew driving home from?
a. The studio
b. The supermarket
c. The workplace
d. A sausage factory
ck.
15.What happened to Andrew?
a. He was injured by frozen sausages
b. The back door of the van hit him
c. He was hit by the van HORRIBLE
driver FOREST FIRE
I am a forest ranger. Taking
d. He was hit by a van carrying frozen care ofsausages
forests has been my job for
a decade.
cl. I love it, even though sometimes it can be very dangerous, I
could
16.He waslose my life. In
so furious myhe
that duties,
yelledI at
rarely
the face great problems, just
van driver.
small groups
cm. or illegal loggers
The underline word is and
bestnon-serious
replaced byviolations
? such us
littering or camping
a. Very nervous in illegal place.
I had
b. Very one bad experience that changes my life forever. It
angry
happened three years ago. I was so worried, the weather was hot and
c. Very shocked
there had been
d. Very happyno rain for a long time. The trees in the forest were
dry as a bone. It would just take a tiny spark to turn the whole forest
into
cn. a raging sea of fire. Then, in the afternoon from my watchtower
high
co. above the trees, I saw a thin spiral of smoke. Fire! I yelled
aloud.
cp.
cq. Fire fighter rushed to the blaze in trucks. Working as fast as
they
cr. could, the men battled against the blaze with streams of water.
They started to chop down trees and dig up the ground to keep the
cs.
fire from spreading. Then, came the planes dumping massive
ct.
amounts of water treated with special chemicals to put off the blazing
cu.
forest. From other planes came men with parachutes. These fire
jumpers parachuted into place that men on the ground could not
reach easily. This work was very dangerous because no one could
save them if they got into trouble.
Finally, in six hours, the firemen had stopped the spread of the
fire. Thousand of the three which had become blackened stumps had
cv.
cw.
cx.
cy.
cz.
da.
db.
dc.
dd.
de.
df.
dg.
dh.
di.
dj.
dk.
17.What is a forest ranger?
a. A police man
b. A forest guard
c. A forest scientist
d. A police officer
dl.
18.What does a forest ranger do?
a. He protects the forest from any destroyers
b. He plants the new trees of the forest
c. He gives permission to any illegal logging
d. He calls people to camp in the forest
dm.
19.Working as fast as they could, the men battled against the blaze with
streams of water.(paragraph 4)
dn.The underline word is best replaced by .
a. Ran
b. Quarreled
c. Fought
d. Moved
do.
dp.
dq. Last holiday, my family and I spent one night at the countryside.
We stayed in a small house. It had a big garden with lots of colorful
dr.
flowers and a swimming pool.
ds.
dt. First, we made a fire in front of the house. Then, we sat around
the fire and sang together. We were all very happy. After that, we came
du.
dv.
into the house and had dinner. Next, we sat in the living room and
dw.
watched a movie. All of us had a good time. Finally, everybody fell a
dx.
sleep there.
dy. We woke up very late in the morning and had breakfast. In the
afternoon we went home.
dz.
ea.
eb.
ec.
ed.
ee.
ef.
20.What did they do in the living room ?
a. They watch TV
b. They watch soap opera
c. They were chatting
d. They watched a film
eg.
21.Last holiday my family and I spent one night at the countryside
eh.The underline word is best replaced by .
a. Rural area
b. Urban area
c. Suburban area
d. Restricted area
ei.
ej.
ek.
el.
em.
en.
eo.
ep. That morning, I went dressed as usual. I was about leaving
eq.for school when I noticed that my shoes were filthy. I went back
er.inside to polish them. Staying home those five extra minutes
es.probably saved my life.
et. When I came outside again, I heard somebody yelled
eu.TSUNAMI !. I thought it was joke. But, the I looked up an saw a
huge wall of dirty water. My mother pushed me inside and
ev.
slammed the door, just as the wave struck our house. It felt like
ew.we did been hit by train.
ex. Through the windows, we could see people floating by
ey.holding into whatever they could. A boy was climbing in a peace
ez.of lumber. It was a nightmare for everyone of us.
fa. Our family was fortunate, and Im not nervous about
fb.tsunami anymore. But when my family wanted to move to
fc.another town, I told my mother Were not living at the beach.
fd.
22.When did the tsunami happen?
a. In the morning
b. In the middle of the night
c. In the afternoon
d. Long time ago
fe.

23. Our family was fortunate
ff. The underline word can be replaced by .
a. Famous
b. Lucky
c. Lack of
d. Prosperous
fg.
fh.
Last month, Jenny went to the circus with Edison and
fi.
Shawn.
fj. First, they saw the seals perform. The seals balanced
fk.them selves on tires and rolled round the ring. A seal on a
fl. stool balanced an umbrella on its nose. After that, the
fm.trainer fed them with fish.
fn. The next show was the knife-throwing act. Jenny was
fo.afraid to watch it, so he covered her eyes with her hands.
fp.Not long after, it was the Lions act. It was the most exciting
fq.performance. The lions jumped through the burning hoops.
Everyone
fr. held their breath when the lion trainer put his
head
fs. into the lions mouth.
ft. Finally, it was the clowns act. Jenny and her
brothers
fu. liked the clowns act best. They look funny with
their painted faces and baggy costumes. One of them
fv.swung a pail at jenny. She screamed! Scraps of paper flew
24. Jenny went to the circus with Edison and Shawn.(paragraph 1)
fw. What did they see in the circus?
a. People and animals performing skilful tricks as entertainment
b. People throwing knives on the street
c. Animals giving exciting performance
d. Animals wearing funny clothes
fx.
25.The lions jumped through the burning hoops .(paragraph 3)
fy. What do hoops mean?
a. Cover of the head
b. Curved piece of metal
c. Wooden ladders
d. Large rings of wood or metal
fz.
ga.
gb. It was Sunday morning January 2nd, 2010. My friends and I went
gc.to the beach after studying hard. We wanted to refresh our mind and
gd.enjoy the fresh air. We went there early in the morning by car. Many
ge.people were there when we arrived.
gf. After parking the car, we walked along the beach barefooted.
We could fell the smoothness of the sand. The cold sea water touch
gg.
out feet. Then we looked for the place to take a rest. We rolled out the
gh.
mat on the ground and had meals together. While eating, we saw
gi.many things. We saw many children build sand castle. Some of the
gj.played with their balls. We also saw some people sunbathe.
After having meals, we were interested in doing the same
thing. We were so happy and really enjoyed that day.
gk.
gl.
gm.
26.Which the following statements is wrong based on the text above?
a. They went along the beach on foot
b. They are friends at the same school
c. They had meals after playing at the beach
d. They went to the beach after studying hard
gn.
go.
gp.
gq.
gr.
gs.
gt.
gu.
gv.
gw.
gx.
gy. FOOTBALL OR POLO ?
gz. The wayle is small river that cuts across the park near my home.
I like
ha. sitting by the wayle on five afternoons. It was warms last
Sundays,
hb. so I went and sat on the river bank as usual.
hc. Some children were playing games on the bank and there were
some
hd. people rowing on the boat. Suddenly, one of the children kicked
a ball
he. very hard, and it went towards a passing boat. Some people on
thehf.bank called out to the main in the boat, but he did not hear them.
hg. ball struck him so hard that he nearly fell into the water. I turned
Them
tohh.
look at children, but there werent any sight: they all run away!
hi. The man laughed when he realized what had happened. He
hj. out the children and threw the ball back to the bank.
called
hk.
hl.
hm.
hn.
27.It went toward a passing boat. What does it here refers to?
a. Small river
b. The river bank
c. The park
d. A ball
ho.
28.So, what did the man not to do finally?
a. The man laughed when he realized what had happened
b. He nearly fell in to the water
c. He threw the ball back to the bank
d. He called out the child
hp.

29.How is the re-orientation of the story?
a. We are not allowed to kick the ball very hard
b. We must be responsible we have done
c. Youth is the time to form manners
d. Bridge is the beginning of destruction
hq.
hr.
hs.
ht.
hu.
hv.
hw.
hx.
hy.
hz.
ia.
ib. A COUPLE SURVIVED AN AMAZING 66 DAYS AT SEA
A couple from Miami, bill and Simone butler, spent sixty-six days in a
ic.
lifeid.
raft in the seas of Central America after their yacht sank. They survived in
a very
ie. good condition.
Twenty-one days after they left Panama in their yacht, named Siboney, they
if.
met ig. some whales which started to hit the side of the yacht. Then suddenly
theyih. heard water. Two minutes later, the boat was sinking. They jumped into
theii.life-raft and watched the yacht go under the water.
ij. For twenty days they lived with tins of food, biscuits, and bottles of
water.
ik. They also had a fishing-line and a machine to make salt water into
drinking
il. water, to things which saved their lives. They caught eight to ten fish
a day
im. and ate them raw. Then the line broke. So they had no more fish until
in.
something very strange happened. Some shark comes to feed, and the fish
io. the raft were afraid and came to the surface. Bill caught them with his
under
ip.
hands.
iq. About twenty ships passed them, but no one saw them. After fifty days
at ir.
sea their life-raft was beginning to break up. Then suddenly it was all over.
is.
30.Bill and Simon went to the seas of Central America by
a. Ship
b. Fishing boat
c. Yacht
d. Life raft
it.
31.The second paragraph tell us about?
a. The reason why the yacht sank
b. The way how Bill and Simone B. survived
c. The reason why the whales hit the boat
d. The life raft for sailing
iu.
32.How long were Bill and Simone in the seas of Central America?

a. 21days
b. 20days
c. 10days
d. 66days
iv.
33. About twenty ships passed them. The word pass has antonym
a. Move
b. Go by
c. Stop
d. Disappear
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
Jessiva Eversion has been a fashionable girl since she was a
j.
teenager. To find various fashionable clothes, she went to
k.Singapore for a five-days shopping trip a month ago. She went
l. there with her sister Emma. They took a morning flight on February
m.11, 2010 by Garuda. They stayed with their relatives there.
n. Unfortunately, the weather in Singapore was very hot. The
o.temperature of the day ran up as high 370C. it was really such
p.horrible weather. Emma couldnt stand it so she became sick.
q.Jessiva took her to the hospital. The doctor gave her some
r. medicine and advised her to drink plenty of water. Jessiva couldnt
s. do her shopping in Singapore because she had to take care of her
t. sick sister. She felt disappointed but she didnt want something
u.bad to happen to her sister. So she decided to take her back home
v.
34.What did Jessiva and Emma go to Singapore for?
a. Seeing a doctor
b. Visiting their relatives
c. Shopping
d. Buying medicine
e.
35.What is the main idea of the second paragraph?
a. Jessiva and her sister left for Singapore
b. Jessiva and her sister had shopping activities
c. Emma got sick because she was very tired
d. Jessiva couldnt do shopping because of her sick sister
e.
36.What did the doctor tell Emma to do to get well?
a. Cancel her shopping
b. Go back to Jakarta soon
c. Drink a lot of water
d. Stay at her room
e.

f. Hooray!! We had fun with English in our
school! We enjoyed this event on Thursday, 17th
January 2008, at Yos Sudarso Primary School in
Karawang. We had waited for it since September
2007. So when the day came, we were really happy.
We played many games such as matching colors,
matching pictures, horse racing, running, finding
and spelling bee. We had story telling, too.
g. All students from grade 1 to grade 6
joined fun with English, so there were 3 slots for the
activities. We really had fun and we could practice
our English. We also sang together about parts of
our body, and do-re-mi.
h. Many prizes were given in this event.
There were tickets from Ice World and Freshwater
World of TMII, T-shirts, pens, stickers and many
other merchandizes.
i.
j.
37.The text merely tells us about . . . .
a. Learning English at Yos Sudarso Primary School
b. Learning English through fun activities
c. Getting prizes in learning English
d. Getting tickets from English activities
e.
38.Why were there three slots for the activities?
a. There were so many activities to join
b. There were some prize to win
c. Students from grade 1 to 6 joined the games
d. All students of Yos Sudarso Primary School joined the games
e.
39.What is the main idea of paragraph three?
a. Many prize were given in the event
b. All students of the school joined the games
c. The student had fun during the game
d. Fun with English is a nice programmed
e.
40.Where is the students enjoyed the event?
a. In Jakarta
b. In Karawang
c. In Yos Sudarso Primary School
d. In their school

e.
f. a. I have bad experience in shopping. Actually it
was not my fault. It was the shop assistants
fault. However, the security officer of the shop
really embarrassed me. He accused me of
stealing a pair of blue jeans.
b. Here how it happened. One Saturday
afternoon I went to a fashion shop with my
friends. I wanted to buy a pair of blue jeans. I
got one. I took them to the cashier and paid
for them. Then, my friends and I left the shop.
c. There was a censor clip on every piece of
article. The shop assistant was careless. She
forgot putting it off. So, when I left the shop,
the director beeped. The security officer
shouted at me, hey, you! Stop! he caught
me. Everyone in the shop looked at me. Then
he took me to the managers room. How
embarrassing!
d. Shortly, the shop assistant and the security
officer said they were sorry about what had
happened. The manager of the shop did too.
They knew it was not my fault. Finally, the
manager asked me to take one piece of
clothing article for free. I took an extravagant
gown. You know the price? It was Rp.102,
900.00!
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
41. The story occurred .
a. At the market
b. In a fashion shop
c. At a shoe store
d. At the canteen
a.

42.The writer went there
a. Alone
b. With her friends
c. With her mother
d. With her aunt
a.
43.He accused me of stealing a pair of blue jeans. The word he refers to
a. The security officer
b. The writer
c. The shop assistant
d. A costumer
a.
44.The shop assistant was careless. The opposite meaning of careless is
a. Bad
b. Happy
c. Careful
d. expensive
a.
b.
45.The word fault has similar meanings with
a. Wrong
b. Right
c. Good
d. Sure
a.
b. Last month I spent my holiday with my

friends. We did camping in Rumakai in Seram
Island, Maluku province. We went there by
speed boat. We brought food, clothes, and
other daily needs. We did a lot of activities,
like going to waterfall, fishing, hiking and
looking at beautiful panorama especially in
the morning. When the night came, we sat a
fire and sat around it, and sang together
until late at night. After that we came into
the tent and fell asleep. We were not afraid
because the place was near the settlement.
a. Upset
b. Fearful
c. Lonely
d. Disappointed

a. Ely Anita thought about finding a
e. proper job when she was 16. She lived
f. in a country where the unemployment
g. rate was quite high and competition to
h. get a job was very difficult.
i. b. In 1997, she landed in Malaysia to
j. take her first job as a baby sitter.
k. Staying there for two years, she
l. described her first experience as quite
m. good. Then she returned home for two
n. months before moving to Hongkong.
o. c. In this new country, Ely was
49.What employed as an assistant to a hairstylist did Ely do
in at beauty salon. Based on the contract,
she had to work contract because she
was underpaid and got no holidays from
the employer.
d.
Hongkong?
a. Had a holiday
b. Served as a baby sitter in a house
c. Worked as a hairstylist
d. Worked as an assistant in a beauty salon
p.
50. The main idea of paragraph 2 is
a. Elys first job in Malaysia
b. Elys experience in Hongkong
c. Elys first job in Hongkong
d. Elys work place
q.
51. Ely quitted her job in Hongkong because
a. She disliked the job

b. She had worked for two
years
c. She got a low pay
d. She had to go home

e.
f. EARTHQUAKE
g. I had just got into the bed about
half past eleven when I felt the
tremor. The bad started to tremble
and I noticed the electric light, which
was hung on the ceiling, was swaying.
h. Then I got out of bed quickly and
went to look out of the windows. As I
looked, I saw the house opposite
began to fall sideways. Then I realized
what was happening. I put on my
dressing-gown hurriedly and rushed
out into the garden.
i. I was alone in the house. My wife
and children had gone to visit my
mother in law. For three or four
minutes I heard a terrible noise of
walls falling down and people
screaming, and saw clouds of dust in
the air then the trembling stopped.
j. There where about fifty persons
killed more then two hundred injured.
The damage to property was
considerable, and about three
hundred houses would have to be
completely rebuilt.
k.
l.
a. Entertaining the readers with a funny story
b. Describing a particular and special thing
c. Presenting points of view about an issue
d. Informing a past event
m.
53. When the writer realize what was happening? While he was .
a. Feeling his bed started to tremble
b. Noticing the electric light swaying
c. Hearing a terrible noise of wall falling
d. Watching the house began to fall sideways
n.
54. How did the writer save his life?
a. By looking out of the window
b. By rushing out into garden
c. By turning the electric light off
d. By getting the bed out of the room
o.

55. Paragraph 5 tells us about?
a. Rebuilding houses
b. The screaming people
c. Considerable property
d. The victims of the
earthquake

e.
56. the bed started to tremble and noticed the electric light,
f. What does the word underlined mean?
a. Hung
b. Sway
c. Saw
d. Turned on

e.
f. On my daughters 1st birthday, I made a cake for
her. I decorated it with the Disney characters Mickey
Mouse and Donald Duck. It was such a wonderful
experience for me. My wife inspired me to make this
special birthday cake. She is very good at making
cakes.
g. On that day, I went and got all items for the cake. I
had never made a cake before , so I felt a little bit
nervous. Before I made the cake , I imagined how to
decorate it , then I started right away. I chose the
flavor. I made a cake with chocolate flavor. I followed
the steps in the recipe carefully. And finally I could
make it. It was not bad at all.
h. All the people and the children who were invited to
the birthday party liked the cake. I was very proud. My
wife told the guests that I made the birthday cake. I
felt satisfied when they were surprised that I could
make a cake. Since then making cakes had become
one of my hobbies.
i.
j.
57.The writer was inspired to make a birthday cake for his daughter by .
a. His guest
b. His wife
c. His daughter
d. His children
k.
58. What is the main idea of paragraph two?
a. The writer was inspired to make birthday card
b. The writer decorated the cake with Disney Character
c. The writer got the idea to make a birthday cake
d. The writer was making the birthday cake
l.
59. The writer felt a bit nervous because it was .
a. His daughters birthday
b. A wonderful experience
c. The first time he made a cake
d. Difficult to make a cake

m. a. I want to tell you about my memorable
n. time in Singapore. It was one of the best
60. holiday I ever had. What
did b. I shall never forget the spectacular sight the
of the city I saw from mount fable that night. writer
do The roller-coaster ride, the stunts performed at the
by the dolphins and the killer whale at the China
sea world were also exiting. I shall remember town ?
a. the thrill of having been on one of the He had
longest rides in the monorail in Sentosa a roller-
Island for many years to come. coaster
c. I also enjoyed various varieties of seafood
at the makeshift roadside stalls at the
Chinatown night market. I also enjoyed the
shopping trips. My family and friends agreed
that the souvenirs were value for money,
especially the silk scarves with pretty prints
and the attractive key chains.
d.
experience
b. He had various varieties of seafood
c. He enjoyed the snails
d. He enjoyed the souvenirs
o.
61.What kind of souvenir did the writer buy?
a. Post cards and snails
b. Seafood and squid
c. Money and scarves
d. Silk scarves and key chains
p.
q.
r.
62. I shall never forget the spectacular sight of the city
s. What does the underlined word mean?
a. Nice c. Amazing
b. Usual d. Ordinary
t.
u. The weather was very clear. I and my
family decided to go camping last holiday.
Father prepared the tent and other
equipment. Mother prepared the cooking
and eating utensils. I took mu fishing rod
and my brother brought his sport
equipment. When everything was ready, we
left for the camping site in countryside.
v. There were many campers when we

arrived at the camping site. Unfortunately,
the good location near the river had been
occupied by others campers so we had to
look for another place. Finally, we found a
good place little bit further. It was near the
big tree. After setting up the tent, my father
and I went fishing. We joined other people
sitting on the rock near the river.
w. In the evening, father made a fire.
Mother cooked the fish we caught. I could
say that it was the best fish I had ever
tasted. Sleeping in the tent was a very
wonderful experience. I woke up early in
the morning, I felt fresh. Then i
accompanied my brother ball.
x. In the afternoon, we come back home.
y.
z.
63.Where did the writer and his family set up their tent?
a. Near the river
b. Near the big tree
c. At the back of the writer
d. Far away from other campers
aa.
64. What is the purpose of the text above?
a. To describe a camping site
b. To give instruction how to set up the tent
c. To retell the writers past camping experience
d. To inform people the new camping site
ab.
65. What is the writer and his fathers hobby?
a. Camping c. Fishing
b. Cooking d. Playing ball
ac.
ad.
ae.
66. The river had been occupied by .
af. The underlined word is similar in meaning to
a. Inhabited c. Bought
b. Authorized d. Grabbed

e.
f. Last week, I left Makassar for Bunaken Island. I
went with a group of divers. Three men and two
women. Getting there was not easy. We started
07.00 a.m and arrived at 05.00p.m the next day .
g. Soon after our arrival at Bunaken , we got a
general briefing. It concluded a description about
how to take pictures under water.
h. Then, we began our diving . in our diving, we
saw groups of tiny fish. In order to identify them,
we need a good guide. Without some knowledge
of their habitat and behavior, it was difficult to
identify.
i. In summary, the trip was mostly enjoyable.
This place is so impressive with its marine life.
j.
ag.
ah.
ai.
aj.
67.What is the best title for the text above ?
a. Briefing in Bunaken Island
b. Arriving in Bunaken Island
c. Diving in Bunaken Island
d. Description of Bunaken Island
ak.
68.What is the main idea of paragraph three ?
a. We saw groups of finish
b. We need a good guide
c. We need knowledge to know fish habitat
d. It was difficult to identify fish
al.
69.How long we need traveling from Makassar to Bunaken?
a. 14 hours c. 34 hours
b. 24 hours d. 44 hours
am.
an.
ao.
ap.
aq.
ar.
as.
at.
au.
av.
aw. Last Lebaran day, my family and I

went hometown. We went there by train because I

thought it was more comfortable going by bus. We
left our house at about 5 oclock in the morning.
We took a taxi to Gambir Station. We arrived at
the station at five to six. Our train left at 06.40
a.m.
ax. We had to wait for our train to
Purwokerto. It was Purwojaya train.
However, without any prior information,
the train was about forty minutes late. So
we had to wait a bit longer.
ay. Finally our train came. All of us rushed
to get on the train. We were in the
carriage number 3. After finding our
seats, we could sit comfortably. It took
about 5 to 7 hours to get to our
hometown. We enjoyed our journey.
az.
ba.
70.According the text the writer
a. Bored in his journey
b. Went hometown with his friends
c. Preferred a train to a bus
d. Went to Purwojaya with his family
bb.
71.All of the followings are true, except ...
a. The writer traveled by train
b. The writer went to Purwojaya
c. The writer went to hometown
d. The writer enjoyed the journey
bc. Yesterday my family went

to the zoo to see the elephant.
When we got to the zoo, we went
to the shop to buy some food to
give to the animals. After getting
the food we went to nocturnal
house. Where, we saw some birds
and reptiles which only come out
at night. Before lunch we went for
a ride on the elephant. It was a
thrill to ride. Daddy nearly fell off
when he let go of the rope.
bd. During lunch we fed
some birds in the park. In the
afternoon we saw the animals
being fed. When we returned
home we were very tired but

happy because we have so much
fun.
be.
bf.
72.The passage is about
a. At the zoo c. The elephant
b. In the park d. The Nocturnal House
bg.
bh.
bi.
73. Which of the following is true?
a. Daddy fell off when he let go of the rope
b. After lunch the writer fed some birds in the park
c. The writer went for a ride on the elephant
d. The writer went to the nocturnal house before getting the food
bj.
74.From the text , we may conclude that
a. The writer had good journey
b. The writer was very sad in his journey
c. Reptile is the only one animal comes out at night
d. The writers father fell of when he let go of the rope
bk.
75.After getting the food we went to the nocturnal house.
bl. What is the antonym of nocturnal ?
a. At night c. In the evening
b. After dark d. In the afternoon
bm.
bn.
bo.
bp.

bq.
br.

bs.
bt.
Descriptive text is a text which describes a particular person, place or thing.
Generic structure of descriptive text :
Identification : Identification phenomenon to be described
Description : Describe parts, qualities, characteristic, of the
person or
bu. something that is described
The purpose of the description is to describe particular thing, place or
person.
Language features
Use simple present tense
bv. Pattern : verbal form
bw. (+) S + Verb 1 + (s/es) + O/K
bx. (-) S + Dont / doesnt + Verb 1 + O/K
by. (?) do / does + S + Verb 1 + object / adverb
bz. I , We, You, They : Verb 1 Dont
ca. He, She, It : Verb 1 (s/es) doesnt
cb.
cc.
cd.
ce. There are many teachers in my school. Most of them are kind and
helpful. But my favorite one Mr. David, my English teacher. Mr. David is tall and
slim. Hes about thirty years old and wears glasses. Mr. David is always neatly
dressed.
cf.
1. How old is Mr. David? (he is years old)
a. 30
b. 35
c. 40
d. 45
cg.
2. Which of the statement is not true about Mr. David?
a. He is kind
b. He Wears glasses
c. He dresses neatly
d. He has a big size body
ch.
3. The world one in the text above refers to
a. School
b. Teacher
c. Dress
d. Age

ci.
cj.
ck.
cl.
cm.
cn.
co.
cp. I have a pet. It is a dog and I call it Charlie. Charlie is an Italian
breed. It is small, fluffy and cute. It was got thick brown fur. When I cuddle it,
the fur feels soft. Charlie doesnt like bones. Everyday it eats soft food like
steamed rice, fish or bread. Every morning I give it milk and bread. When I am
at school, Charlie plays with cat. They get along well and never fight because
Charlie doesnt bark a lot. It treats the other animals in our house gently and it
never eats shoes. Charlie is really a sweet and friendly animal.
cq.
4. Charlie dislike
a. Rice c. Bones
b. Fish d. Bread
e.
5. One of Charlie characteristic is
a. Aggressive
b. Rough
c. Rude
d. Cute
6. Whats mainly discussed in the passage
a. Friendly
b. Charlie, the writers pet
c. A soft animal
d. A kind of Italian brae
e.
f. MY BASEBALL CAPS
g.
h. I like to wear a baseball cap. I have many at home, but my favorite
cap is the black one. It has a big letter S in the front of the cap. It was present
from my American pen pal Andrew. He said S logo is actually the abbreviation
of stussy, mean Shawn stussy, the top American designer. However, S can also
mean Sam, my name.
i. I love to wear my stussy cap because it is comfortable. The fabric is
made from high quality cotton. The color is not faded even though I have
washed it several times. However, when I wear it, everyone will look at me and
say that I look nice with the cap.
j.
7. Who gave the writer a black baseball cap
a. His friend
b. His pen pal
c. An American designer
d. Sam
e.
8. Below are the reasons why Sam loves the cap, except
a. The color is not faded

b. It is comfortable
c. He look nice with the cap
d. The S logo means stussy
e.
9. What does the text tell about
a. An American designer
b. The writers pen pal
c. The writers favorite cap
d. Andrews baseball cap
e.
f. Most people in the world have a pet. I also have it. My pet is a dog.
g. Named Miko. Its color is brown. It has brown eyes, too. I got this pet
from my friend at the beginning of 2009. He bought it from a pet ship
in his country. Once a week, my mother bathes him. He is funny and
smart. It often plays with my neighbors dog. I love him very much
because he can be my friend, too.
h.
10.What is the best title for the text?
a. My pet
b. Miko
c. dog
d. Mikos eyes
e.
11.What is the purpose oh the text above?
a. To describe Miko in general
b. To retell abput Miko
c. To describe Miko in particular
d. To inform the readers about Miko
12.It has brown eyes, too

a. The word it refers to
b. Friend
c. The writer
d. Dog
e. Miko
f.
13.Mikos eyes are
a. Black
b. White
c. Brown
d. Dark brown
e.
14.The writer got the pet from?
a. His neighbor c. His friend
b. A pet shop d. His mother
e.
a. My lovely dog
b. My best friend
c. My pet

d. My neighbors pet
e.
f. Jenifer Lopez or (J.Lo) is a high successful actress, singer and dancer.
Her new films and new album usually go straight to the top. Whats a typical
working day for her? Making a film is hard work. She usually gets up at half
past five in the morning and shes always on the film set at half past six. She
never drinks coffee and she always has a light lunch of just green salad. She
doesnt like working up late at night. She usually in bed by half past ten. If she
stays out late, she will be too tired in the next morning.
g. Adam Shankman, a director of one of the films, says J.Lo is actually a
quiet person. She doesnt like going out all the item. She often stays at home
on Saturday nights and watches videos.
h. If J.Lo isnt working on a film or making a record, her life style is very
different. When she has got time off, shes quieted happy to go out. She loves
New York restaurants. She loves dancing. She sometimes dance until tree
oclock in the morning.
i. J.Lo family live in New York. They were very close family. She sees her
parents every weekend and she always phones them if she has a problem.
Shes got two older sisters and they get on very well together. They are not just
her sister, theyre her best friends.
j.
a. Adam Shankman
b. Jenifer Lopezs sisters
c. Jenifer Lopez
d. A successful actress
k.
17.What does J.Lo do when she has a problem?
a. Goes clubbing in New York
b. Meets her two sister
c. Phones her parents
d. Sees he parents every weekend
l.
18.What is the main idea of paragraph four?
a. J.Los activities in New York
b. J.Los lifestyle on her free days
c. J.Los typical working day
d. J.Los family relationship
m.
19.They get on very well together
n. What does the underline word refer to?
a. Adam Shankman and J.Lo
b. Her parents and her sisters
c. Lo and her sister
d. Her parents and J.Lo
o.
p.
q.
r. Natural Bridge National Park

s.
t. Natural bridge national park is a luscious tropical rainforest.
u. It is located 110 km south of Brisbane and reached by following the
pacific highway to Rerang and than by traveling though the Nunimbah valley.
The scenic roadway lies in the shadow of the lamington National park.
v. The phenomenon of the rock formed into a natural arch and the
cave though which a waterfall cascades is a short 1 kilometer walk below a
dense rainforest canopy from the main picnic area. Swimming is permitted in
the rock pool. Night-time visitors to the cave will discover the unique feature of
the glow worms.
w. Picnic areas offer toilets, barbecues, shelter, sheds, water and
fireplace; however, overnight camping is not permitted.
x.
y.
20.Where is natural bridge national park situated?
a. Nunimbah valley
b. Nerang
c. 110 kilometers south of Brisbane
d. Pacific highway
z.
21.Swimming is permitted in the rock pools.
aa. The underline word mean
a. Advised c. Forbidden
b. Suggested d. Allowed
e.
22.What is the main idea of paragraph three?
a. Swimming is permitted in the rock pool
b. Night time visitors to the cave will discover the unique feature.
c. Waterfall cascades
d. Phenomenon of the natural bridge national park
f.
g. Malino is well known as one of the tour objects in south Sulawesi.
It is 70 km from Makassar, the capital city of south Sulawesi. Located on
the restful of Mount Bawakaraeng, Malino is 1050 m above sea level.
With a cool climate, the area grows many varieties of flowers, fruit, and
vegetable and is known as for its forest of pine tree. People from cities
usually spend their weekends in Malino. They stay in villas or cottages
for two days just to leave the hustle and bustle of the cities for a while.
h.
i.
23.What is the text tell us about?
a. The scenery in Malino
b. The description of the Malino
c. The Famous tour objects in south Sulawesi
d. The distance of Malino to Makassar
j.
24.With cool climate (line 3) the word cool has similar meaning to

a. Stormy
b. Cold
c. Dry
d. Windy
k.
25.How far is Malino to Makassar?
a. 1050 m
b. 170 km
c. 70 km
d. 1050 km
l.
m.Lyme Regis is the beautiful old seaside town, with a livery little
harbor, beaches, and lovely walks, weightier by the sea or in the country
nearby. For children there is the marine Aqua rim and Dinosaurs land,
and in summer you can escape from the crowds and relax in the Austen
garden with beautiful views over the sea. There are many interesting old
streets with cafes and restaurant is the pilot boat down by the beach,
which has very good food and excellent wine.
n.
a. To inform some beautiful places
b. To describe the way people live
c. To describe Lyme Regis
d. To describe how Lyme is
o.
27.When we are visiting Lyme Regis we will not find
a. Dinosaurs land
b. Old streets
c. Airport
d. Harbor
p.
28.. and in summer you can escape from the crowds and
q. The underline word means
a. Loose c. Release
b. Keep d. Avoid
e.
29.Which is not true according to the text above?
a. Pilot boat has very good foot excellent wine
b. Lyme Regis is a beautiful high land with many mountains and forest
c. There many interesting old streets in Lyme Regis
d. For our children, there is the marine aquarium and dinosaurs land
f.
a. A beautiful sceneries
b. Unpleasant place
c. A beautiful town
d. Tourism spot

g. Mitha is famous people in music of Indonesia. Personnel THE
VIRGIN have style like boy, even though that she is the most beautiful.
She was born in Jakarta 2 January 1986. Mitha have so many fans the
names of her fans is VIRGINITY. Mitha is multitalented women because
she can sing, play guitar, and create song. For now she finish makes four
song there are is CINTA TERLARANG, BELAHAN JIWA, LOVE SETENGAH
MATI, and DEMI NAMA CINTA. The real is so many songs again but not
yet finish realist. She very loves her mother, because her mother is
single parents. Even though that not make Mitha sad cause her mother
very love Mitha and now her mother very proud with she cause now
Mitha can be the best for her mother and everybody.
h.
a. Mithas style
b. Mithas song
c. Mithas family
d. Mithas carrier
i.
32.How many song Mitha create?
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 4
j.
33.When was Mitha born?
a. 1 January 1986
b. 1 January 1968
c. 2 January 1968
d. 2 January 1986
k.
34.What is the antonym of beautiful?
a. Bad girl
b. Cute
c. Pretty
d. Sweet
l.
m.
n. A rabbit is a small furry mammal with a short tail and pointed
ears. Rabbits live in the ground. Each burrow is the home of single
family. The first fossil which can be attributed to this family came from
North America but now they are found in every part the world.
Compared to its small body rabbit has large-sized ears.
o. A rabbit is a week and limit animal enemies. There always
surrounded by many enemies. There fore nature has gifted it with large
ears to help it to hear even the fun of drop sound. The large area of the
ear catches almost every sound wave produced in the air and transfers
them into the inner ear. This makes the rabbit to detect its enemies in
time and run to safety zones.

p. You must have noticed that a rabbit washes its ears by repeatedly
licking its forepaws and rubbing them over the surface of its ears. It does
this in order to keep its ears clean and also to take into its mouth natural
oil which surrounds the ear surface. This oil is important in forming
vitamin D which is necessary for the growth of healthy bones. If the
rabbit is not allowed to from this, it will develop rickets.
q.
35.Which part of the rabbits body produces natural oil? Its
a. Tail
b. Ears
c. Mouth
d. Forepaws
r.
36.What is the main idea 2?
a. Why a rabbit likes fighting
b. Why a rabbit has many enemies
c. How a rabbit detects its enemies
d. How enemies surround a rabbit
s.
a. To describe rabbit in general
b. To describe rabbits ears
c. To retell rabbits habitat
d. To amuse the story
t.
u. CAMPING
v.
w. Many people like camping. Indeed, Camping is one of the most
interesting hobbies. Camping is not very expensive. We can make the
equipment from the odd a and ends. And we can do this long before we
go camping. Camping is very useful for us. Camping make us love our
environment. It can also make us more friendly. Camping trains us for
work comparatively.
x. When you go camping with some friend, do not forget to
distribute the jobs. For example, some of you put the tent, some cook
the meal, and some others are responsible for the first aid. You can also
ask some of you friends to entertain all the members. Perhaps one of
you will sing a country song, or read a poem.
y. You can enjoy camping very much because you can do many
interesting things. If you are near a swimming pool, you may have a
sports, dance, or draw the panorama. You can bring your tape recorder
or radio and enjoy your favorite music, or you can even play football
with the students nearby.
z.
38.Why is camping very useful for us? Because its can
a. Teach to us some sports
b. Teach us to sing
c. Make us love our environment
d. Entertain us

aa.
39.Camping is very useful to work cooperatively (paragraph 2)
ab.The italic work mean
a. Together
b. Easily
c. Happily
d. Hard
ac.
ad. Muhammad Ali is one of the most recognizable men or
earth. And decades after haburs upon the scene as gold medal winner at
the 1960 Olympics in Rome. Italy, Muhammad Ali remains a magical
figure, known and loved throughout the world. Ali brought new speed
and grace to his sport and his charm and wit changed forever what we
expect a champion to be. His accomplishments in the ring were die stuff
of legend : two fights with sonny Liston, where he proclaimed himself
he Greatest and proved his goal : three ambitions wars with Joe Frazier
in Zaire and dethroning Leon Spinks to be come heavy weight champion
for the third time. But they were always far more to Muhammad Ali than
what took place in a boxing ring. His early embrace of the nation of
Islam and his insistence on being called Muhammad Ali instead of his
slave name cassias clay, introduced a new era in black pride. His
refusal to be inducted into the United States army anticipated the
growing antiwar movement of the 1980s. And his willingness to stage his
fights in different countries such as Kinshasa, Zaire, Manila, Philippines
and Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, signaled a shift away from super power
dominances toward a growing awareness of the importance of the third
world. Today, Ali is a deeply religious man who cause feeling of the love
and respect wherever he travels.
ae.
40.From the text, we know that Muhammad Ali
a. Never played boxing well
b. Still plays boxing so far
c. Is not a boxer anymore
d. Is a boxer
af.
a. Sonny Liston c. George foreman

b. Joe Frazier d. Muhammad Ali
e.
42.Muhammad Ali is a man who once
a. Became a United States army
b. Hated slave black man
c. Won a gold medal in boxing
d. Refused to become a boxer
f.
43.His accomplishment in the ring were the stuff of legend
g. The synonym of the italic word is

a. Costumes
b. Gloves
c. Voices
d. Actions
h.
44.What is he refers to (line 1)
a. Sonny Liston
b. Muhammad Ali
c. Cassius clay
d. Kinshasa
i.
45.What does his refers to (line 9)
a. Leon c. Sonny Liston

b. Joe Frizzier d. Muhammad Ali
e.
f. MUSIC
g.
h. Music may be defined as the art of the organizing sounds and
silences into meaningful patterns. Music is one the oldest arts. In the
world history, every civilization is accompanied by any form of music.
Thus, music is a part of every civilization. There are many kinds of
music, such as a classical music, waltz, jazz, pop music and rock n' roll
music. In this next we are going to discus about jazz music. Jazz began in
the early 20th century as music of black American. It was intended for
singing, dancing, entertaining and party atmosphere. Since then, jazz
continued to develop. There are many leading singers, instrumentalist
and composers in the world. Jazz also influenced almost every other kind
of music.
i. Jazz represent a blending of musical elements from Africa and
from Europe. Jazz uses some European ideas of harmony and melody,
but the rhythms are more African in origin. It is irregular in rhythm. Jazz
has also developed in Indonesia. Most people in Indonesia know who
Ireng Maulana is he and his band often appears on TV. His band is one of
the leading jazz music bands.
j.
46.According to the text, jazz music started in
a. America c. Europe
b. Africa d. Indonesia
e.
47.What does paragraph 2 tell us about
a. What music is
b. Kind of music
c. Development of music
d. The history of music
f.
48.What is the antonym of jazz like

a. Very slow c. Irregular
b. Very fast d. Monotonous
e.
49.There are many kinds of music (Paragraph 2)
f. What is the synonym of the underline word is
a. Elements
b. Similarities
c. Varieties
d. differences
g.
h. Manado is a big city. It is the capital of the North Sulawesi
province in Indonesia.
i. Manado is located at the bay of Manado so it is near the sea. It is
surrounded by a mountainous area. The city has about 417,548
inhabitants. The municipality of Manado is divided into nine districts:
Malalayang, Sario, Wanea, Wenang, Tikala, Mapanget, Singkil,
Tuminting, and Mapanget.
j. The Manado city is blessed with natural beauty. With its vast sea
and mountains, Manado becomes the city of a wonderful travel
destination. Water sports like scuba diving and snorkeling are very
popular tourist attractions and they become the first choice when
travelers arrived here. Manado has some other travel destinations such
as the Bunaken Island with its underwater view, the Ban Hing Kiong
temple, and many volcanoes like the Lokon volcano, the Mahawu
volcano and some lakes.
k. Manado is also a good place for shopping. It is easy to find places
to shop around Manado since many of the shopping malls are scattered
in the middle of the city, around the Pierre Tendean Boulevard.
Moreover, the city has a good administration and transportation system.
The primary ways to get around are by ojek/ompreng, taxi, or Mikrolets
(micros).
l. Manadonese food is famous throughout Indonesia for two things:
there are lots of choices and they are all very spicy.
m.
50.What does the text mostly tell us about?
a. Manado as a big city
b. Manado as a mountainous area
c. Manado as a tourist destination
d. Manado as a populated area
n.
o.
p.
51.From the text above we know that Manado will make the tourist
a. Tired
b. Annoyed
c. Disappointed
d. Pleased
q.

52. Manado has some other travel destinations such us the Bunaken island
with its amazing underwater
r. The underline word refers to
a. Manado
b. The Ban Hin Kiong Temple
c. The Bunaken Island
d. The Mahawu Volcano
s.
t.
u. ANCOL BEACH GARDEN JAKARTA BAY CITY
v.
w. The beach is located in Jakarta where you can find a place to walk
along, enjoy the fresh air and do some sports like beach volleyball,
jogging, aerobics, swimming and jet skiing. Ancol Beach Garden is the
place to relax with your friends and forget about your buys days for a
while. The Ancol Beach garden provides fun activities such as water
cycling and fishing or jet skiing and sailing along the Jakarta bay.
x. For young people, the Ancol Beach garden offers pantai festival
(Festival Beach). This beach is also a place for live music. A big stage is
provided for visitors to enjoy live band performances. Located in the
heart of the Ancol dreamland, the Ancol Beach garden is also a perfect
place for music lovers.
y.
z.
aa.
53.What do young people enjoy at the Ancol Beach Garden?
a. Sailing along the bay and fishing
b. Watching the Beach festival and riding on a water bicycle
c. Doing some water sports and listening to music
d. Doing some sports and swimming
ab.
54.From the text above, we can conclude that Ancol Beach Garden is
a. A place to have fun
b. A music arena for musicians
c. An international sport stadium
d. A meeting place for music groups
ac.
ad.
ae.
af. SMART HEALTH CLINIC
ag.
ah. There is a big medical clinic in my town.
ai. The clinic has 2 floors and its clean. The walls are white. There is
a nice garden at the front. Roses and sun flowers grow there. The clinic
also provides a large parking sea.
aj. It is Smart Health Clinic. The clinic is very busy. People with
various diseases come to the clinic to have medical services. Some
people get headaches, sore eyes, backaches, fever, etc.

ak. There is some specialist working for the clinic. They are
dentist, surgeons, internists, etc. some nurses help them to look after
the patients. The doctors and nurses are kind. They are helpful and
friendly. The people feel satisfied because the doctors examine them
carefully.
al. Smart Health Clinic is equipped with many facilities like
comfortable patient rooms, maternity wards, an emergency room, a
laboratory and an X-ray room. There is also a dispensary where we get
medicines and there is a canteen too.
am.
55.The Smart Health Clinic is so people like to go there.
a. Comfortable and cheap
b. Nice and friendly
c. Large and Clean
d. Big and fresh
an.
56.Theres also a dispensary where we get medicines and theres a canteen,
too.
ao. The underline word means a place which sells
a. Foods
b. Medicine
c. Drink
d. Stationery
ap.
aq. THE HANGING GARDEN OF BABYLON
ar.
as. The hanging garden of Babylon was a man-made structure that
was one of the many wonders of the ancient world. The hanging garden
originated approximately 605 B.C.
Babylon, the capital of Babylonia, was built between the Euphrates and
trig is rivers, where modern Baghdad, in Iraq, stands today. King
Nebuchadnezzar built the hanging garden for his wife, amities, who were
the princess of Medes.
at. The hanging gardens was built on arches overlooking the city
walls. The lowest terrace was 24 meters off the ground and each
succeeding terrace was there meters higher. There were about six
terraces, so that the top-most terrace was forty meters off the ground.
au. The first stage of the building was a series of brick archways that
were the same height as the city walls, underneath they lay a shaded
courtyard. On top of these arches, the Babylonians built long brick
terraces in rows. These terraces were lined with lead to hold the water,
and then covered with thick layers of fertile soil. Many exotic plants and
trees were planted. Each flower-bed was the size of a tennis court and
the area of each terrace was thirty meters long by five meters wide.
av.
57.Where is the Hanging Garden of Babylon located?
a. In the City walls
b. In Indonesia
c. In Baghdad

d. In Iraq
aw.
58.How many paragraphs does the above text have?
a. 4 paragraphs
b. 2 paragraphs
c. 5 paragraphs
d. 1 paragraph
ax.
59.What are planted on the Hanging Garden of Babylon?
a. Tree
b. Many exotic plants and trees
c. Plants
d. Each flower-bed
ay.
a. Narrative
b. Descriptive
c. Announcement
d. Report
az.
a. To describe in general
b. To describe in particular
c. To give information
d. To retell past event
ba.
bb.My home: Bali
bc. Bali is an island in the Indonesian archipelago. It is in the
south of the equator and has warm weather all the year. The rainy
season is November to April, but it can rain anytime. Bali is 120
kilometers wide from east to west and 80 kilometers from north to
south, so everywhere is quite close to the sea. Bali is shaped like a
diamond. Mount Agung, a volcano, is 3.142 meters high and is visible
from far away. Most of the people are Hindus. There are many temples
and many religious festivals.
bd. Tourism is the most important industry. Many tourists visit
Bali to see the beautiful scenery and interesting festivals, to swim in the
warm seas, to look at the beautiful mountains and valleys, and to shop
for inexpensive and beautiful clothes, paintings, and wood crafts.
be.
62.Where is Bali located?
a. In the south of equator
b. 120 km from east to west
c. Close to many temples and Mount Agung
d. In the warm seas
bf.
63.The last paragraph is about
a. The location of Bali
b. The most important industry in Bali

c. The most popular things in Bali
d. Beautiful mountains in Bali
bg.
64.The tourism industry in Bali offers us the following things, except
a. Culture and nature
b. Belief and religion
c. Handicraft and tradition
d. Wood crafting and painting
bh.
65.Which one of the following statements is Not True according to the text?
a. Bali has four seasons
b. Bali is beautiful and interesting
c. Bali is surrounded by the sea
d. Bali is one of tourism destination in Indonesia
bi. My grandfather and grandmother have three hectares of rice field.

The rice field is near their house. It is about 15 meters from their house.
My grandfather and my grandmother cultivate their rice field
themselves.
bj. My grandfather plants rice, corn, and beans on his rice field. There
is also a scare crow on the rice field to frighten the birds. The rice, corns
and beans grow well because my grandfather and grandmother take
care of them well.
bk.
bl.
66.How many hectares of rice field do writer grandfather and grandmother
have?
a. 2 c. 1
b. 5 d. 3
e.
67.What are planted by the writer grandfather and grandmother on their rice
field?
a. Rice
b. Corn
c. Beans
d. A, B, C is true
f.
g. In my house yard, I have two roses plants which my sister plant on
pots. I water them every morning and Im happy seeing the change each
day.
h. On one plant, there are some blossoming roses. They look very
beautiful and smell so sweet. There are also some roses that are still
wrapped in tight green buds. Unluckily, I could never notice the process
of blossoming although I really want to.
i. I like seeing and stroking each delicate petal of the roses. But, if I
touch it, I should do it very carefully: otherwise, I will destroy it.

j. I always get angry if my younger brother picks even just one of
the roses. Yeah, it is because I really love my roses.
k.
l.
a. The Rose plant
b. My house yard
c. Blossoming roses
d. The change each day
m.
69.What is the writers main point in the second paragraph?
a. The process of blossoming
b. The blossoming roses
c. The beautiful roses
d. The tight green buds
n.
70.According to the passage
a. The writers house yard changes each day
b. The writer waters her roses every morning
c. The writers younger sister really love her roses
d. The writer notice the process of blossoming every day
o.
71.Yeah, it is because I really love my roses.
p. Pronoun my in line 1 paragraph 4 refers to
a. Sister
b. The writer
c. The reader
d. Younger brother
q.
r. MY TIMMY
s.
t. I have some pets. However, my favorite pet is Timmy.
u. Timmy is a male tabby cat. He is very adorable with his soft
stripes feather. He has innocent round eyes and feeble sweet voice. He
always meows when he feels hungry. Actually, his voice is not suitable
with his giant body. When I come home, he usually gives me a kiss.
v. Timmy is a nice playmate. Im happy to spend my time with him.
Most of the time, hes good boy. Its almost impossible for me to be
angry at him. In the morning. He always wakes up early. When he wakes
up earlier, he waits quietly by my bedside until I wake up.
w.
72.What is the purpose of the passage?
a. To describe the animals
b. To give information about the writer pet
c. To describe about Timmy
d. To describe about some pets
x.
73.Who is Timmy?
a. Timmy is the writer pet

b. Timmy is a nice playmate
c. Timmy is the writer classmate
d. Timmy is a male tabby cat
y.
74.When does he usually give a kiss to the writer?
a. If the writer go home
b. If the writer go to school
c. If the writer want to sleep
d. If the writer wake up
z.
75.I have some pets
aa. The word I refers to
a. Timmy
b. The writer
c. The reader
d. Tommy
e.

f.

g.
h.
A procedure text bus a text to describe how something is done through a
sequence of action or step.
The structure of the text consist of:
a. Aim/goal (or title)
b. Material or ingredients
c. Steps or
The significant features of procedure
a. Use simple present tense
b. Use a temporal conjunction. Suck as first, second, then, next,
finally, etc.
c. Use subordinating conjunction such as : after, before, when, etc
The purpose of procedure text :
a. How to make something
b. How to explain/ to use/ to operate something
i. MANUALS
Manuals is a technical communication document intended to help people
using a particular system.
j.
k. NOSE BLEED
l. What to look out for:
m. Bleeding from nose
n. What to do
1) Sit the casualties down, with their head well forward and ask them to
breathe with their mouth and to avoid speaking, swallowing, coughing,
or sniffing
2) Get them to pinch their nose just below the bridge.
3) After about 10 minutes, get them to release the nose. If the bleeding
hasnt stopped repeat the process for a further 10 minutes. If there is
still no improvement, the casualties should be taken to the hospital, still
leaning and pinching their nose
4) Once the bleeding has stopped, tell the casualties to avoid blowing their
nose for a while.
1. The text is conclude in...
a. Descriptive c. Procedure
b. Narrative d. Report
2. Sit the casualty down. The similar meaning of the underline word is...

a. Victim c. Health
b. Rescue d. Bleeding
e.
f.
g.
h. HOW TO INSERT A SIM CARD INTO A MOBILE PHONE
i. Equipments
A Mobile Phone
A SIM Card
j. Steps:
Switch off the phone
Pull the battery locking on the of the phone
Slide the cover and (3). The battery
Insert the SIM Card into its slot carefully. Make sure that the golden
connectors on the card face into the phone and the beveled corner is on
the left
Align the golden connectors on the battery with the corresponding
connector on the phone
Push the opposite end the battery(4) its snaps into place
Slide the cover back (5) the mobile phone
Switch on your phone and you can start using your phone.
k.
3. a. Change b. Carry c. Push d. Lift
l.
4. a. Although b. Because c. Since d. Until
m.
5. a. Into b. Onto c. Over d. Below
n. HOW TO USE A MIXER

Insert the beaters or kneading hooks as illustrated in the figure
Put the ingredients in a bowl
Lower the beaters or kneading hooks into the ingredients
Switch the mixer on
After use depress ejector knob to release the beaters or kneading hooks
o.
6. When we should you release the beaters?

a. Before using the mixer
b. While using the mixer
c. When using the mixer
d. After using the mixer
p.
7. The text mainly tells about...
a. What a mixer is
b. How to make cakes
c. How to operate a mixer
d. The good things of a mixer
q.

8. Before putting the ingredients in a blown, we should
a. Depressing the beaters
b. Turning the mixer in
c. Releasing the beaters
d. Inserting the beaters
r. PANCAKE RECIPE
s. Ingredients: ab. Steps:
t. 100 gram of flour ac.Mix the flour and the eggs
u. A pinch of salt with a fork
v. 2 eggs ad. Slowly mix in the milk
w. 200 ml milk with 27 ml and water
water ae. Put a little oil in the pan
x. 2 tablespoons melted butter af. Heat the pan (very hot)
y. A little oil for frying the ag. Pour in one and a half
pancakes tablespoons of mixture
z. Some sugar and lemon ah. Cook for about 30 second
aa. ai. Toss the pancake once
aj. Cook for another 30 second
ak. Serve with a little sugar
and lemon juice
al. (*Toss= throw it up so that it
turns over)
am.
an.
9. A pinch of salt. The word pinch has the same meaning as...
a. A lot of c. Some
b. A little d. A spoonful of
e. f.
10.Below are the ingredients of making pancake mixture expect
a. Flour c. Sugar
b. Eggs d. Milk
e.
f. HOW TO PLANT ORANGE
g. First : Select the seeds
h. Second : Let them grow to 15-20 cm in the seed bed
i. Third : Prepare holes of 0, 5 m and 45-50 cm deep
j. Fourth : Put some fertilizer in the holes
k. Fifth : Plant the growing seeds in the holes
l. Sixth : Give some fertilizer three times a year
m.
n.
a. To tell how to the plant produce fruit
b. To tell the steps how to plant oranges

c. To inform how the orange grow
d. To describe orange plat
o.
12.What should we do before planting the growing seeds?
a. Let the seeds grow in the seed bed
b. Put some fertilizer in the holes
c. Prepare the holes
d. Select the seed
p.
13.Let them grow to 15-20 cm in the seed bed
q. The underline word refers to...
a. Fertilizer c. Seeds
b. Holes d. Orange
e.
f.
g.We Need:
h. 1 tablespoon of water lemon
i. 2 tablespoon of water orange
j. lemon, cut into small trigonal
k. 75 gram fresh strawberry, cut into halves
l. 100 gram apples, cut into small cubes
m.
300 ml sweet soda drink, white color
n.
500 ml grapes juice
o.
p.
Ice cubes:
q.
Decorating ingredient:
r.
Fresh strawberry
s.
t.
u.How to make it:
v. 1. Mix water lemon, water orange, and lemon
w. 2. Input the ice cube
x. 3. Add cut fresh strawberry and apples
14.What is 4.thePour sodaofdrink grapes juice, serve them soon into
purpose the text?
four glassed
a. Telling the ingredient of a drink
b. To describe the kind of special drink
c. To inform the readers about the drink
d. Describing the way to make the drink
e.
15. Which one below is not needed in the text?
a. Water orange
b. Water melon
c. Raspberry
d. Apple
f.

16.How to make it The word it refers to....
a. Ingredient
b. Grape Cruz
c. Water lemon
d. Fresh strawberry
a.
b. CRISP ROAST DUCK
c. Ingredients:
d. 1 long island duck
e. 2 cups boiling-hot water
f. 1 tablespoon salt
g.
1 teaspoon black pepper
h.
i.
Steps:
j.
Put oven rack in the middle position and preheat oven to
k.
l. 2000 c
m. Rinse duck inside and out. Prick skin all over with a sharp
n. fork
o. Pour boiling-hot water over duck (to tighten skin). Cool
p. duck
q. Rub duck inside and out with salt and pepper
r.
Roast duck, breast side up, until skin is brown and crisp,
s.
17. What do we need to tighten the skin of the duck?
a. Salt c. Black paper

b. A sharp fork d. Boiling-hot water
18.According to the passage, to make a crisp roast duck, we need...

a. 2 caps salt
b. 1 long inland duck
c. 1 tablespoon black pepper
d. 1 teaspoon boiling-hot water
a.
19.From the text we can learn that...
a. The hot water used to prick ducks skin
b. Salt and pepper used to tighten ducks skin
c. We need 2 tablespoon salt to make 2 roast ducks
d. Rinse oven rack inside and outside with hot water
b.
20.Put oven rack in the middle position and preached oven to 2000 c
c. What is the meaning of the underline word?
a. Hot HOW TO CLEAN AN a. LCD SCREEN

b. Cold 1. Shake up the
b. detergent and put it 15-20 cm away from
c. Cool the LCD screen.
c.
d. Clean 2. Spray on the
d. LCD screen surface directly.
3. Cleanse gently using the fabric cleanser or brush
You can also do the following steps:

1. Spray the detergent on the fabric cleanser.
2. Clean the LCD screen surface to make it as bright a new
one.
e. g.
f.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
21. What should you do the detergent first?
a. Spray it c. Put it away

b. Clean it d. Shake it up
22.Before cleansing the screen surface, we spray the detergent on the screen
surface directly or spray it on
a. Our fingers c. The fabric cleanser

b. The paper d. The brush
23. Cleanse gently using the fabric cleanser or brush.(step 3)

e. What does the word gently have similar meaning to?
a. Carefully c. Directly
b. Harshly d. Cleanly
e. i.
Y2K VCD LENS CLEANER
f. j.
g. k.
h. a. Can make your VCD player in the best
l. operating condition. It can remove the dirt
m.
from laser lens thoroughly. Always keep
n.
o.
the sound and picture clear when playing.
p. The cleaning disc will show you the perfect
q. notion and sound after cleaning. Protect
r. your VCD player long lasting effectively.
REMARK
s.
Ift.the result is still bad after the normal cleaning, it
u. be the problem of disc or machine of VCD.
may
v.
Please send to professional maintenance.
w.
DIRECTIONS
x. type cleaning
Dry
y.
z.
Insert VCD lens cleaner into your player,
aa. press the play button. The disc will then spin
ab. to start cleaning process.
ac.

24.What can Y2K VCD lens cleaner do to your VCD player?
a. Help it much stronger.
b. Make the VCD run faster
c. Remove the dirt from laser lens.
d. Keep the sound very audible
ad.
25.carefully replace the cleaner in the case.(last line)
ae. The word replace has similar meaning to.
a. Take to
b. Clean carefully
c. Change into another
d. Put it back
af.
ag.STEPS OF FRYING SWEET,SOUR SHRIMPS
First clean the shrimps, remove the heads, and keep tails
Clean the garlic and slice it thinly and then sprinkle over the shrimps
After that, make a mix of the flour and egg, with enough wate, salt, and
pepper
Heat oil on a pan
Then, one by one, put the shrimps into the pan by first dipping it in the
mix above
Fry the shrimps until golden
Finnaly put the shrimps on a plate and pour tomato sauce over them
Sweet and sour shrimps are ready to serve
ah.
26. Wich is not the material of frying sweet soul shrimps?
a. Oil c. Flour
b. Pan d. Garlic
27. The passage indicates that...

a. Heat oil on pan is a third step
b. Fry the shrimps until golden is the last step
c. There are seven steps of frying sweet, sour shrimps
d. Put the shrimps into the pan before dipping in the flour and eggs
e.
28. From the text, we can learn that...
a. Fry the shrimps in a plate until golden
b. Pour the tomato sauce before put the shrimps
c. Slice the shrimps thinly and then sprinkle over the garlic
d. A mix of the four, eggs, water, salt, and pepper,used to cover the
shrimp
f.
g.
h.
29. ...... By first dipping it in the mix above
i. What is the synonym of dipping?

a. Rising c. Arising
b. Diving d. Appear
e.
f.
g. to make a greeting card
How
h.
Materials:
i.
Hard papper
j.
k. Various sticker
l. Coloring pens
m.
Instruction:
n.
o. Fold the paper into two
p. Decorate the front page with the various sticker
q. Open the paper
r. Write the name of the receiver of the card at the upper
s. part with coloring pens
t. Then write the message in the center part of the
u. pages
v. Dont forget to write the name of the sender of the
30. We write the name of the sender of the card on the....
card under it
a. front page of the card
Your greeting card is ready to send
b. upper part of the second page
c. center part of the page
d. under the content of the message
w.
31. Form the text we can conclude that the various stickers are used to make
the card...
a. easy c. beautiful
b. usefull a. expensive
b.
c.
d.
e.
f. HOW TO MAKE A PENCIL CASE
g. Steps:
h. 1. choose the size you want to put longer items, such as a
i. ruler, placed in your pencil case, youll need a longer
j. pencil case
k. 2. find a bag or box that suitable with your choice of size. It
l. doesnt have to be nice looking, but strong and clean.
m. 3. Cover the box with paper, any color.
n. 4. Decorated the container. Try some or all of the following
o.
ideas:
p.
Put on some cool stricker.
q.
r. Decorated with your own art work with markers:
draw lines, shapes, animals, people, etc
Cut some magazine pictures and stick the on it
Totally cover the box with wrapping paper, and
Glue on shells, buttons,or anything else you want to
decorate the pencl case with add glitter if you like
5. Show all your friends, and be proud of you unique pencil
s.
t.
u.
v.
w.
x.
y.
z.
aa.
ab.
ac.
ad.
ae.
af.
ag.
ah.
32. The length of the pencil case dependson...
a. The items we are going to put there

b. The ruler we have
c. The size of pen
d. The box that we find
e.
33. From the text above we can conclude that we have to be..... in decorating
the box to have a good result.
a. Brave
b. Careful
c. Creative
d. Risky
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.HOW TO MAKE STRICKERS
n.What youll needs:
o.Little squirt bottles of fabric pant and mirror or glass to wok on.
p.Follow the four easy steps bellow:
q. 1. Take the pain and make a design or drawing on the glass, like
r.
name, flower, heart, or star.
s.
2. Let the paint dry for 24 hours or until it isnt too soft to touch or
t.
u. press down. The more paint you use, the longer it will take to dry.
v. 3. After it is dry, peel off the pain and the design will come cleanly
off the glass. Make sure to do it slowly `so it will feel just like thin
rubber and is verry easy to tear.
4. Rub ot little bit of water on the back of the sticker so it can stick
to another surface. Place it anywhere on the mirror or any other
surface.
w.
x.
y.
z.
aa.
ab.
ac.
ad.
ae.
34. How many things are needed to make sticker?
a. One c. Three
b. Two d. Four
e.
35. From the text above, we know that we have to be careful to peel of the
pain because it is..
a. Tough c. Breakable
b. Dry d. Clean
e.
f.
HOTg. COCOA
Forh.each cup:
i. 1 tablespoon of cocoa
j. 1 tablespoon of sugar
k. 2 talespoon of water
l. 1 cup of milk
m. Marshmallow or cinnamon if you wish
n.
o. to do:
Step
p. To make a cup of cocoa, put the cocoa, sugar and water into a cup.
q.
r. Stir until it is mixed together.
s. Pour milk into a saucepan and place it over low heat.

t. Heat the milk until thiny bubbles from around the edges, but dont
u. let it boil.
v. Pour the hot milk into the cup with the cocoa mixture in it. Stir until
w. all is completely mixed together
x. To make a foamy drink, drop a marshmallow into the cocoa or
y. sprinkle cinnamon on top to give it special taste
z.
36. To make a cup hot cocoa, we need ...... tablespoon of sugar.
a. Half
b. One
c. Two
d. Three
e.

37. Why do people give cinnamon on the hot cocoa?
a. To avoid it from being sour
b. To form it a different look
c. To give a special taste
d. To make it much tastier
f.
38.Heat the milk until tiny bubbles...
g. What does the word tiny mean?
a. Extremely small c. Really white

b. Fairly round d. Rather big
e.
f. CHICKEN SOUP
g. Ingredients: r. Method:
h. 3 pound, whole fried chicken s. Rinse the chicken. Place the
i. 6 to 8 cups of water chicken in a bowl and add
j. 1 diced garlic clove vegetables, and enough
k. 1 cup of sliced onion water to cover medium-high
l. 1 cup of sliced celery heat
m. cup of sliced carrots t. Reduce heat to low and
n. cup of chopped leeks simmer , covered for 90
o. 3 tablespoons of fresh minutes. Remove the
chooped parsley chicken from the heat. Serve
p. Freshly ground black pepper the steaming hot chicken,
q. Pich of salt garnished with parsley, salt
and ground black pepper.
u.
a. To describe about the chicken soup
b. To explain what the chicken soup is
c. The show how to make the chicken soup
d. To entertain the readers about the chicken soup
v.
40. What do we do firs after rinsing the chicken?
a. Put the bowl into on oven
b. Place the chicken in a bowl
c. Reduce heat to law and simmer
d. Add vegetables and enough water
w. A CHEESE OMELET
41. ....., and
Ingredients:enough water to cover them.(line 2)
x.1 egg,
What50does the word them refer to?
g cheese, cup milk, 3 tablespoons cooking oil, a pinch of salt
and pepper.
a. Chicken and bowl
Steps:
b. Vegetables andinto
Crack an egg bowl
a bowl
c. Vegetables and chicken
Whisk the egg with a fork until it s smooth
d. Bowl, chicken,
Add milk thenand vegetables
whisk well
Great the cheese and put into the bowl then stir.
e.
Heat the oil in a frying pan.
Pour the mixture into the frying pan
Turk the omelet with a spatula when it browns. 220 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL
Fry both sides.
Place on a plate; seasoned with salt and pepper.
Eat while warm
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
42. Before heating the oil in the frying pan, we have to..... the cheese and put
into the bowl.
a. Pour
b. Whisk
c. Add
d. Grate
43.The thing which is not needed to make a cheese omelet is...
a. Cup e.
b. Bowl f.
c. Frying pan g.
d. Spatula
44. Crack the egg into the bowl.(step 1)
h. The underline word has the same meaning as
a. Put
b. Crash
c. Break
d. Destroy
e.
f.
g. MEAT FLOSS PORIDGE
h. Ingredients :
250 cc hot water
50 gr instant porridge
1 spoon soya sauce,
1 spoon chili sauce
Crackers
10 gr meat floss
i. Step :

j. Put instant porridge into a bowl, about 3 minutes until porridge
thickened. Add soya sauce and chili sauce (as much as you like).
Then spread cracker and meat floss, the porridge is ready to be
serve.
k.
45. How much instant porridge do you need?
a. 250 cc d. 10 gr
b. 50 gr
c. 1 spoon e.
46. What should we do after stirring the porridge?
a. Put instant porridge into bowl
b. Add soya sauce into bowl
c. Put instan porridge into soya sauce
d. Wait about 3 minutes
f.
g.
47. .... Until the porridge thickened
a.Thin
b.Set weak
c.Raise the volume
d.Become powder
e.
48. How much soya sauce do we need?
a.1 spoon
b.2 spoons
c.3 spoons
d.4 spoons
e.
49. How much meat floss do we need.
a. 1 gr c. 100 gr
b. 10 gr d. 1000 gr
e.
50. How much child sauce do we need?
a. 1 spoons How to make a boat or a hat c. 3 spoons

b. 2 spoons
Things you need: d. 4 spoons
A half page of newspaper
e. What to do:
51. How many materials do we need?
First, fokd the paper in half the long way,
a. 2 materialscrease and unfold.
Second, fold the sides up to the middle
b. 4 materials
c. 6 materialscrease, keep folded.
d. 8 materials
Next, Fold the commers down to the middle
After that fold the comers down to middle
e.
again
Then, fold the points downs to the middle
Finnaly, open the middle and turn it inside
out to make a boat
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
w.
x.
y.
z.
52. How many times do we have to fold the paper?
a. 6 c. 4
b. 5 d. 3
e.
53. How many steps should we follow to make a good paper boat or hat as
mentioned in the text?
a. 7 f.
b. 6 g.
c. 5 h.
d. 4 i.
j.
e.
54. Finally open the middle and turn it inside out to make boat or flip it over
and wear
TIKKA it as a hat
KEBAB
k. The underline word could be best replaced with the word...
Ingredients:
a. Design
Cubes of lambs c. Perform
Squares of green pepper
b. Create d. Have
Onions
e. Salad
f. Tikka seasoning mixture
g.
Steps:
h. Cut onions into quarters
i. Put cubes of lambs, squares of green
j. pepper and onion square on bamboo
k. skewers and marinate them in tikka
seasoning.
Grill them 223 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL
Serve them with a salad (curry like
seasoning form India)
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
w.
x.
y.
z.
55.What does the writer write the text for?
a. To inform how to serve the salad
b. To explain how to make a salad
c. To tell how to make Tikka kebab
d. To discuss how to make cubes of lambs
aa.
56. How many ingredients are needed to make Tikka kebab?
a. Three c. Five
b. Four d. Six
e.
f.
57. What does the word them in step 2 refer to?
a. Cubes of lambs and onions
b. Onions, bamboo skewers and salad
c. Squares of green pepper and onions
d. Cubes of lambs, onions and squares of green pepper
g.
58. The text shows that the product can cook the food
a. Very fast c. Rather quickly

b. Really easily d. Fairly slowly
EASY TO USE AND

e. EFFICIENT
f.
TM
g. The new MEGATRON microwave oven brings the lattes cooking
technology
h. into your kitchen. This microwave oven uses state of the art
magnetic
i. technology to heat your food electronically. It is safe, clean,
and
j. must of all, very efficient. Just follow the steps bellow:
k.1. Plug in the microwave. No need to press an ON button, the
l. microwave is always ready to use! It is in a standby mode to save
m. power.
n.2. Put your food in the Mega TM microwave bowl. Made from durable
o. non-stick plastic. Multi-purpose and easy to clean. Come free with
your purchase of the MEGATRONTM microwave oven.
3. Put the bowl into the microwave, close the oven door. 224 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL
4. Press the Auto Cook Button. Chose from the option: Meat,
Vegetables, rice, cake, and Microwave Meal.
5. Press START button. Microwave oven will cook the food in a matter
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
59. What must we do first if we want to operate the new Megatron microwave?
a. Put the food in the microwave oven
b. Use a standby mode
c. Press the on button
d. Plug in the microwave
w.
60. What is the text about?
a. How to purchase the megatron oven
b. How to stop and press the mega microwave bowl
c. How to use a microwave
d. How to clean a multipurpose microwave
x.
y.
z.
aa.
ab.
ac.
ad.
ae.
af.
ag.
ah.
ai.
aj. Chicken soup with mushroom
ak.
Ingredients:
al.
lb boneless chicken breast
am.
4 tablespoon 0sesame oil
an.
2 cups chicken stock
ao.
2 tablespoon sherry
ap.
1 cup fresh mushrooms, quartered
aq.
2 tablespoon fresh parsley, chopped
ar.
as.
Method:
at.
Thinly slice the chicken breast meat.
au.
Bring the chicken stock to a rolling boil and add the chicken and
av. mushrooms.
aw.
When the soup starts to boil again and all of the ingredients float to
ax. the top, remove from the heat.
ay.
Add the sesame oil and sherry and taste for seasoning. Add salt and
pepper if necessary.
Serve in individual soup bowls and sprinkle the parsley on top.
az.
a. The ingredients to make chicken soup with mushroom
b. The procedure how to cook chicken soup with mushroom
c. The steps how to serve chicken soup with mushroom
d. The description of chicken soup mushroom
ba.
62. When can we add the chicken and mushrooms?
a. After the chicken stock boils
b. After we remove the pan from the heat
c. Before we add salt and pepper if necessary
d. After we slice the chicken breast meat.
bb.
63. What should we do when all of the soup ingredients float to the top?
a. Add the parsley j.

b. Add the sesame oil k.
c. Add salt and pepper l.
d. Remove it from the heat m.
n.
e. o.
f. p.
g. q.
h. r.
i. s.
t.
u. Sugar free chocolate yogurts pops
v.
Ingredients:
w.
x. 8 ounces plain nonfat yogurt
y. cup sugar-free cocoa mix
z.
aa. 4-6 ounces paper cup
ab.
Preparation:
ac.
Combine yogurt and cocoa in a bowl and mix well. Spoon
ad.
into paper cups and set the cups in a muffin tin. Insert a
ae.
wooden Popsicle stick in the middle of each cup. Freeze until
af.
it becomes solid. To served, peel away the paper cup and eat
ag.
ah.
64. The text tell us about
a. What chocolate yogurt pops is
b. How to serve sugar free chocolate yogurt pops
c. How to make sugar free chocolate yogurt pops
d. The ingredients to make sugar free chocolate yogurt pops
ai.
65. How is to serve the dish?
a. Eat it before getting solid
b. Sprinkle it with cocoa powder
c. Leave it for a while until melted

d. Peel away the paper cup before eating it
aj.
ak.
al.
am.
an.
ao.
ap.
aq.
ar.
as.
at.
au.
av.
aw.
ax.
ay.
az.
ba.
bb.
bc.
Ice
bd.fruit cocktail with condensed milk (Es Teler)
Ingredients:

be. 150 gr sugar

bf. 2 pandan leaves
bg.
50 ml water
bh.
400 gr ripe avocado, cut into 1 cm cube
bi.
400 gr ripe jackfruit, deseeded and cut into 1 cm cube
bj.
3 young coconut meat, scraped out
bk.

bl. Crushed ice

bm. Condensed milk
bn.
Steps:
bo.
Combine sugar, pandan leaves and water in a small
bp.
bq. saucepan
Heat for a few minutes until sugar dissolves
br.
bs.
Cool syrup
bt.
Place generous spoonfuls pf cube avocado, jackfruit
bu. and young coconut into a serving bowl.
bv.
Add a little syrup to sweeten
bw.
Top with crushed ice and drizzle on a condensed milk.
bx.
Serve immediately
by.
bz.
66. How much water do we need if we want to make Ice fruit cocktail with
condensed milk??

a. 20 ml c. 150 ml
b. 50 ml d. 400 ml
e.
67. What we should we do to dissolve sugar immediately?
a. Heat it foe a few minutes
b. Crush it in a small saucepan
c. Combine sugar and water
d. Stir it completely
f.
68. Serve immediately. (last step)
g. The underline word is similiar in meaning to...
a. Lately
b. Directly
c. Sharply
d. Gradually
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
Anzac biscuits
m.
You will need:
n.
o. 2 cups of rolled oats
p. 1 cups of caster sugar
q. 4 tablespoons of golden syrup
r. 2 tablespoons of boiling water
s.
1 cup of plain flour
t.
u. 250 grams of butter
v. 1 teaspoon of baking soda
w.
Steps:
x.
y.
1. Turn on the oven 1600 C
z.
2. Lightly grease an oven tray
aa.
3. Mix oats, flour and sugar in a large bowl
ab.
4. Melt butter and golden syrup in a pan
ac.
5. Mix baking soda and boiling water in a cuping
ad.
6.
ae. Add this mixture to melted butter and golden
af. syrup
7.
ag. Add this to the oats mixture in the large bowl, mix
ah. together well
ai. Roll tablespoonfuls of the mixture into balls. Put on
8.
aj.
ak. the tray 5 cm apart.
69. What is the purpose of the text?
a. To tell how to make anzac biscuits
b. To see the ingredients of anzac biscuits

c. To announce a new recipe of anzac biscuits
d. To prepare everything for cooking anzac biscuits
al.
70. Why do we use a fork to make anzac biscuits?
a. To mix baking soda and boiling water
b. To press the balls of mixture
c. To put the balls on a tray
d. To roll the mixture
am.
71. Add this to the oats mixture in.... ( Step 7)
an. What does the word this refer to?
ao. Its the mixture of . .
a. Baking soda, boiling water
b. Oats, floyr, sugar, and melted butter
c. Melted butter, golden syrup and baking soda
d. Baking soda, boilingn water, melted butter and golden syrup
ap.
aq.
ar.
as.
at. CREOLE ONION SOUP
au.
This
av.is a traditional French dish adapted by the creoles of New Orleans.
It is
aw.sometimes known as Looney soup.
ax.
Ingredients:
ay.
75 gr unsalted 6 large onions, peeled and sliced
az.
Salt and pepper
ba.
1 tbsp brown sugar
bb.
600 ml beef stock
bc.
bd.
60 gr plain flour
be.
1 tsp soy sauce
bf.
6 slices of French bread
bg.
6 tbsp grated cheese
bh.
bi.
Method:
bj.
1. Melt butter slowly
bk.
2. Add sliced onions, a pinch of salt and pepper and the sugar
bl.
3. Cook on a low heat, stirring from time to time, until the onions
bm.
have browned.
bn.
4. Add beef stock and bring to boil
bo.
5. Sift the flour, stirring hard to avoid lumps.
bp.
6. Add chicken stock
bq.
7. Simmer for 3-4 hours
br.
8. Add sauces
bs.
9. Top each bowl with bread and cheese, and place under grill for
72. How much woo crested sauce do you need to make Creole onion soup?
a. One tsp c. Two tsp
b. One tbsp d. Six tbsp
e.

73. Why should you warn your guests before having the soup?
a. You wont much else to eat.
b. The bowl is placed under grill.
c. The cheese has melted.
d. The bowls are hot
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
With drawing cash with a ATM Card
q.
r.
Steps:
s.
1. Read the directions.
t.
2. Put your card into the slot
u.
3. Punch in your PIN
v.
4. When the choice appears, select withdrawal
w.
from checking.
x.
5. Enter the amount that you want to withdraw.
y.
6. When your money appears, remove it.
z.
7. When the machine asks if you are finished,
aa.
press yes.
ab.
74. What should you do after inserting your card?
a. Press yes
b. Enter the PIN
c. Select continue
d. Take the receipt
e.
75. What is the text about?
a. The best way to keep our money safe.
b. The procedure of saving money in a bank.
c. The description of an automatic teller machine
d. The ways to withdraw money from an automatic teller machine.
f.
g.
h.

i.

j.
k.
l.
Report text describes the way things are, with reference to a range of
natural man-made and social phenomenon in our environment. It may
contain descriptions, but it often does more than describing phenomenon.
m.
The structure of a report text is :
- General classification.
n. It tells what the phenomenon under discussion is.
- Description.
o. It tells what the phenomenon under discussion is like in terms of parts,
qualities, habits or behaviors (if living) and uses (if non-natural).
p.
The significant features of a report text is :
- Focus on generic participants.
- Uses of the simple present tense.
- No temporal sequence, etc.
q.
The purpose of recount text is to describe something in general.
r.
s.
The largest meat. Eating animal in the world is the brown bear that lives in
t.
Alaska. Brownie as this bear called, will always keep away from people.
u.
But, be careful if it is wounded with a gub or the mother bear and her cubs
v.
are shocked. Some hunters claim the brown bear can outfight a tiger.
w.
A grown brownie may be up to nine feet tall. It may weight over 1600
x.
pound. But when the bear is born, it weights less than one pound. If you grew
y.
at the same vate, you would weight, almost 10000 pounds when you were
z.
fully grown.
aa.
ab.
ac.
ad.
1. What does the text mostly tell about?
a. Strong hunter
b. Brown bears
c. Alaska people
d. Fighting tigers
ae.
2. Which statement is not true according to the text?

a. A brown bears eats meat
b. Brown bears are tame animals
c. Brownie keep away when it sees people
d. Brown bears can beat a tiger

3. But, be careful, if it is wounded with a gun or if the mother bear and her
cubs are shocked ...
af. The word mean
a. Group of bears
b. Other bears
c. Baby bears
d. Male bear
ag.
4. But, be careful, if it is wounded with a gun or ...
ah. The word it refers to
a. The cubs
b. The mother bear
c. Brownie
d. A tiger
ai. The arctic wolf is a dog. It is the member of canine family of mammals.
aj. The arctic wolf has a large, lean body covered in thick, white fur. It has a
ak.large head with rounded ears and short muzzle. The faw is very strong, with
al. tough sharp teeth. It has four legs with hair between the pads on the feed. It
am.grows to about 40 cm tall.
an. The arctic wolf lives in the arctic areas of Canada, Alaska, Russia, and
ao.other Arctic countries. This wolf has adapted to the snow and ice. It lives in
ap.Jens in rocky outcrops, hollow rocky areas of caves.
aq. The arctic wolf hunts in pacts, but sometimes it catches its prey
ar. individually if the prey is not very big. It eats bird, scals and rabbits and any
as. other animals that it can find.
at.
au.
av.
aw.
5. What is the head of the arctic wolf like?
a. Round c. Strong
b. Large d. Tough
e.
6. According to the text ...
a. The arctic wolf is a mammal
b. The arctic wolf only eats birds and scals
c. The arctic wolf always hunt its prey individually
d. The arctic wolfs fur cant protect their body from snow and ice
e.
7. What is the best title of the text above?
a. The arctic animals
b. The arctic wolf
c. The arctic and its wolf
d. The wolf countries
e.
8. The arctic wolf hunts in pacts, but sometimes ... (Paragraph 4)
a.What does the phrase in pacts means ...

a. Individually
b. In groups
c. In pairs
d. Alone
b.
c. Butterflies start out as eggs. Butterflies lay their eggs on leaves. The
d. hatches into a caterpillar with a tube-shaped body. The caterpillar
egg
e. leaves, buds, or flowers of plants. Caterpillars eat a lot and grow
eats
f. Some caterpillars harm plants.
fast.
g. When a caterpillar is full size, it goes into another stage called a
h.
chrysalis. Caterpillars attach them selves to something solid before
i.
becoming a chrysalis.
j. The caterpillar inside the chrysalis changes into a butterfly. Some
k.
butterflies make the change in one week. Some butterflies take years to
l.
change.
m.When the change is complete, the adult butterfly splits the chrysalis.
n. insect unfolds its wings and pumps blood and air in to them. It
The
o.
spreads out the wings until they dry and harden. The beautiful butterfly
p.
then flies off to slurp nectar from flower. Most butterflies live only one or
q. weeks
two
r.
s.
9. What does the butterfly change from?
a. A chrysalis
b. An egg
c. A tube-shaped body
d. A caterpillar
e.
10.What do butterflies eat?
a. Bud
b. Nectar
c. Leaves
d. Flowers
A e.
rabbit is a small furry mammal with a short tail and pointed ears.
Rabbits live in burrows in the ground. Each burrow is the home of single
a. The story of butterflies
family. The first fossils which can be attributed to this family came from
b. The life of butterflies
North
c. TheAmerica,
hatch of buteggs
now to
they are found in every part of the world.
butterflies
d. The change of butterflies has large sized ears.
Compared to its small body rabbit
A rabbit is a weak and timid animal and is always surrounded by many
enemies.
e. Therefore nature has gifted it with large ears to help it to hear even
f.the fun of drop sound. The large area of the ear catches almost every sound
wave produced in the air and transfers them into the inner ear. This makes
g.
the rabbit to detect its enemies in time and run to safety zones.
h.
i. You must have noticed that a rabbit washes its ears by repeatedly licking
j.its forepaws and rubbing them over the surface of its ear. It does this in order
to keep its ears clean, and also to take into its mouth natural oil which
k.
surrounds the ear surface. This oil is important in forming vitamin D which
is necessary for the growth of healthy bones. If the rabbit is not allowed to
form this, it will develop rickets.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
w.
x.
y.
z.
aa.
12.The purpose of the text is ...
a. To retell rabbits habitat
b. To amuse the readers
c. To describe rabbits in general
d. To describe rabbits ears
e.
13.Which part of the rabbits body produces natural oil? its ...
a. Mouth
b. Forepaws
c. Tail
d. Ears
e.
14.What is the main idea of paragraph 2?
a. How a rabbit detects its enemy
b. How enemies surround a rabbit
c. Why a rabbit likes fighting
d. Why a rabbit has many enemies
e.
f. STARS OF THE SEA
g. In the sea, lives a kind of animal that is called Starfish. Starfish have
h.tough-skinned bodies shaped like a star. They usually have five arms,
i. sometimes more. On the underside of each arm there are little tubes which
j. are the starfishs feet. At the and of each arm there are small, reddish spots
k.that are eyes. The eyes are just able to sense light.
l. The starfish finds food mainly by smell. When it finds clam, the starfish
m.crawls on top of it. Tube feet stick to the clam shell like glue. The starfish
n.slowly begins to pull the shell apart. Soon the shell is a little way open-just
o.a tiny crack. The starfish pushes its stomach through an opening in its
p.body, pushes it though the crack between the two halves of the shell. The
q.stomach presses against the clams body. Special juices from the starfishs
r. stomach digests the clam inside the clams shell of a starfish loses an arm
in an accident or fight, it can grow a new one! In fact, if the starfish is torn
in two, each half will grow into a new starfish. 235 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL
s.
t.
u.
v.
w.
x.
y.
z.
aa.
ab.
ac.
15.What does the text tell us about ...
a. Starfish in general
b. Sea fish in general
c. Life in water
d. Sea stars in general
e.
16.What does paragraph 2 tell us about?
a. The number of arms a starfish has
b. How the starfish move
c. Description of starfish
d. The shape of a starfish
e. Fishes live in water and have fins which help them to swim. Most
f.
fishes have slimy skin covered with scales which are very small and can
g.
hardly be seen.
h. Fishes breathe through gills. These look like a comb and lie on each
i. of the head. Fishes take in water all the time. The water flows in
side
j.
through the mouth, over the gills and out thought the sides of the head.
k.
When a fish takes in water. It is not drinking but breathing. The gills
l.
absorb oxygen from the water.
m. The body of fish is made up of the head, the trunk and the tail fin.
n. There are many different kinds of fishes which have many different
o.
shapes and colors. Some fishes are long and thin while others are flat
p.
and rounded. Most fishes have bodies which are broad at the trunk
q.
region and narrow towards the head and tail.
r.
s.
17.What is the function of the fins?
a. For drinking
b. For breathing
c. For eating
d. For swimming
e.
18.There are .... main parts of the body of the fish.
a. Three
b. Two
c. Five

d. Four
e.
19.What are the differences of fishes?
a. Their sizes and lengths
b. Their life and food
c. Their heads and mouths.
d. Their shapes and colors
e.
20.These look like a comb and lie on each side of the head. (in paragraph 2).
a.The underline word refers to ...
a. Fins
b. Skins
c. Gills
d. Fishes
b.
21.What does paragraph two tell you about?
a. The shape of the gills
b. The shape of the fish
c. The breathing system of the fish
d. The part of the fish body
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s. The world is divided into two main parts. The
difference
t. is that one part is rich and the other is poor. In
the
u. part, a lot of people never get enough food to eat. In
the
v. rich part a lot of people eat too much. In one part,
children
w. starve and in the other, a lot of people get fatter
and
x. fatter and have to go on diets, or do special exercise
iny.order to lose weight.
z. The poorer countries are called the developing
countries.
aa. They have special problems. Sometimes the
land
ab. is too poor to grow anything on. The land can be
improved
ac. but a lot of things must be done first. New
farming
ad. method must be introduced. The people must be
educated.
ae. Water must be found.

af.
ag.
ah.
22.What does the second paragraph talk about?
a. The new farming method
b. The growth of the poorer countries
c. The problems of the developing countries
d. The developing countries and their land
e.
23.Which statement is not right according to the text?
a. There are a lot of people in the rich country who eat too much
b. Many fat people in the rich country have to lose weight
c. A lot of people suffer from lack of food
d. The poorer countries need no new farming method
e.
24.What is the land in poor countries like?
a. Special
b. Interesting
c. Expensive
d. Infertile
e.
25.The land can be improved but a lot of things .... (paragraph 2).
a.What does the underline phrase mean?
a. Many
b. A few
c. Several
d. Some
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.One of the most valuable and widespread plants is the bamboo. It is a
tallg.treelike grass. There are more than 350 species. Most grow in Asia and
onh.islands of the Indian and Pacific Oceans. Although bamboo is a tropical
i. it can grow in a cooler temperature zones.
plant,
j.A single root may produce as many 100 stems. They are hollow, woody,
andk. jointed. The stems are sometimes 3 feet (0.9 meters) around. Sprouts
l. fast, at times 1 foot (0.3 meters) or more a day. They may grow to 30,
grow
50,m.or even 130 feet (9 to 40 meters) in height. Near the top are many
n.
branches. Some species do not bloom for 60 years or more.
o.Bamboo products range from food to houses. Asian people usually use
thep.sprouts as vegetables. In East and Southeast Asia people use the hollow
q. for water pipes and for building bridges and houses. Short sections
stems
r. as pails and cooking utensils. The stems make for walls, floors, and
serve
s. Thinner strips are woven into mats, chairs, cages, and curtains.
roofs.
t.
Bamboo fishing rods are made of matched strips glued together. Split
u.
bamboo is also used for chopsticks and fan ribs. The inner parts of the
stems of several species are made into quality papers.
v.
w.
x.
y.
z.
aa.
ab.
a. A tropical plant
b. Canebrake bamboo
c. Bamboo
d. Grass
e.
27.Which part of the bamboo can be used for building houses?
a. Hollow stems
b. Bamboo sprouts
c. Split bamboos
d. Thinner strips
e.
28.In East and Southeast Asia people use the hollow stems for water pipes
and building bridges and houses. (Paragraph 3)
a.From this sentences, we know that ...
a. In East and Southeast Asia, the best water pipes are made of
bamboos
b. The holes in bamboo are used for water containers
c. We can find bamboo trees only in East and Southeast Asia
d. Bamboo has multi purpose uses in East and Southeast Asia
b.
c.
29.What is the main idea of paragraph 3?
a. Bamboo is a very useful plant
b. Bamboo is able to be consumed
c. Bamboo is needed in Asia
d. Bamboo is used for houses only
e.
f. The water lily is a plant of the aquatic family
g.
Nymphaeaceae, and of the genus Nymphae. These plant are
h.
found in fresh, still water throughout the warm temperate
i.regions. People cultivate this plant. The plant can grow easily
j.from the seed. It may be grown in containers of ponds.
k. The water lily is a beautiful plant. It has round leaves. The
l.leaves may float or immerse. The flower has four sepals and
m.
many petals and stamens. The color of this flower may be
n.
white, pink, yellow or blue. When blossom, it sometimes smells
o.
good. Some species of this plant open by day and closed by day.
p.
The life span of the flower is usually three days.
q.

r.
s.
a. Water lily cultivated in ponds
b. An aquatic plant cultivated in warm regions
c. A plant named water lily
d. A beautiful plant grown in water
e.
f.
31.How long is a water lily flower usually in blossom?
a. More than three days
b. Three days
c. A day and a night
d. A day or a night
e.
32.From the text above, we can conclude that water lily can not live in ...
a. Dry gounds areas
b. Fresh still water
c. Watery areas
d. Wet areas
e.

f.
33.Paragraph two tells us about ...
a. The shape of the water lily leaves
b. The beauty of the water lily
c. The parts of the water lilys flower
d. The flowers of the water lily
e. Bees are flying insect closely related to wasps and ants, and are known for
f. role in pollination and for producing honey and beeswax. There are nearly
their
g.
20000 known species of bees in nine recognized families though many are
h.
undescribed and the actual number is probably higher. They are found on every
i.
continent except Antarctica, in every habitat on the planet that contains insect-
j.
pollinated flowering plants.
k. Bees have a long proboscis (a complex tongue) that enables them to obtain
l. nectar from flowers. They have antennae almost universally made up of 13
the
m.
segments in males and 12 in females, as is typical for the super family. Bees all
n.
have two pairs of wings, the hind pair being the smaller of the two; in a very few
o.
species, one sex or caste has relatively short wings that make flight difficult or
p.
impossible, but none are wingless.
q. The smallest bee is Trigona minima, a stingless bee whose workers are about
r. mm long. The largest bee in the world is Megachile Pluto, a leafcutter bee
2.1
s.
whose females and attain length of 39 mm. Members of the family Halictidae, or
t.
sweat bees, are the most common type of bee in the Northern hemisphere, though
u. are small and often mistaken for wasps or flies.
they
v.
w.
x.
y.
z.
a. Flying insect
b. The bees
c. The bees product
d. The small animal
e.
35.What is the writers main point in the third paragraph?
a. The sweat bees c. The size of bees
b. The largest bees d. The bees family
e.
36.Which of the following is true according to the text?
a. Bees have a long antennae (a complex tongue)
b. The bees are found on every continent
c. The smallest bee is Trigona minima
d. Bees all have a pair of wings
e.
37.Bees have a long proboscis. What is the synonym of proboscis?
a. Base c. Antennae
b. Tail d. Trunk

e.
38.They have antennae ...
a.Pronoun they in line 2, paragraph 2 refers to ...
a. Plants
b. Bees
c. Flying insect
d. Flowers
b.
c. belong to the cat family. They are the biggest. Lions live in many parts of
Lions
Africa,d.in Iraq and parts of India. From nose to tail the biggest male lion is about ten feet.
e.
The female is about nine feet. The male lions have long hair on their head and neck and
f.
they are called mane. The lions fur is short. Their coat is a yellow-grey color. They have
g. with sharp paw beneath.
four legs
h. like sandy and rocky places. They like to live in thorny bushes and long grass.
Lions
i.
They dont climb trees. They usually hunt at night. Sometimes several lions hunt
j.
together. They eat many kinds of animals. They like to eat buffaloes and giraffes.
k.
Sometimes old lions killed men but they very often hide from men.
l.
We call the lion the king of the beasts. But it doesnt always fight the best.
m.
Sometimes, in the old days, the Romans put a lion with a tiger to fight. Usually the tiger
n.
killed the lion.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
39.What is the subject of the passage?
a. The Lion
b. The King of the Beasts
c. The Lion and the Tiger
d. The Cat Family
a. The lions habitat
b. The lions food
c. The lion doesnt like to climb
d. The lion like to hunt
e.
41.The passage indicates that ...
a. King of the beasts is not really suitable name for lions
b. Female lions are bigger than the male ones
c. Lions are much stronger than tiger
d. Lions like to live in the fore
e.
42.We call the lion the king of the beasts. What is the antonym of beasts?
a. Monster c. Gentle
b. Animal d. Brute
e.
43.We call the lion the king of the beasts.

a.The word we in line 1 paragraph 4 refers to ...
a. The animals c. Buffaloes and giraffes
b. The lions d. The readers
e.
f.
THE AGE OF THE DINOSAURUS
g.
Imagine the earth 220 million years ago. Much of the land had warm
h.
weather all year. Rain fell often in some places, so they are moist. The
i.
heat and wet air caused thick bushes, twisting vines, and all the trees to
j.
grow. In this jungle and across the open plains, some remarkable animals
k.
began to appear.
l.
Dinosaurs were a group of four legged animals that ruled the earth for
m.
about 140 million years. Some dinosaurs were as tall as a three-story
n.
building. Others were as small as cats.
o.
No one has ever seen a dinosaurs alive. Dinosaurs footprint, bones, and
p.
teeth were preserved, or saved, in ground. These fossils are often found in
q.
rocks. The rocks were once the mud in which dinosaurs walked.
r.
Studying fossils gives us facts about dinosaurs, the shape of dinosaurs
s.
teeth gives us information about whether it ate meat or plants. Its skull
t.
tells us what its head looked like. We know that many dinosaurs looked
u.
like huge lizards. They had long tails and scaly skin.
v.
w.
x.
y.
z.
aa.
ab.
44.What is the writers main point in the text?
a. Dinosaurs fossils
b. The habitat of the dinosaur
c. The tale of dinosaur
d. Dinosaur
ac.
45.How do the people know more about dinosaurs?
a. By visiting the museum
b. By watching its movie
c. By studying about lizards
d. By studying its fossils
ad.
46.We know that the dinosaur eats meat and plants by studying the ...
a. Fossils
b. The shape of their teeth
c. Shape of their skull
d. Bones
ae.
47.From the text we may learn that ...
a. Some dinosaurs ate meat or plant

b. The dinosaurs left fossils on the rocks
c. The dinosaurs lived in the earth for about 140 million years ago
d. The dinosaurs lost because of the weather changed
af.
48.What is the main idea of the last paragraph?
a. The body structure of dinosaurs
b. The fossils give more information about the dinosaurs
c. Facts about dinosaurs
d. The fossils of all dinosaurs
ag.
49.The heat and wet air caused thick bushes, ...
ah. What is the antonym of the underlined word?
a. Muddy
b. Dry
c. Hot
d. Slippery
ai.
aj.
ak.
al. THE POLICE STATION
am. In most cities we always find more than on police station, in the police
station,
an. there is usually a chief of police assisted by many police officers. The
police officers are responsible for some areas which we usually called beats. A
ao.
beat is in area patrolled by police officers. The police officers usually patrols it
ap.
by reading a motorcycle, driving a car or even on foot. In the village or in the
aq.
forests and on mountains, the police officers may ride a horse.
ar.
as. In their beats, the police officers have to do many important jobs, when they
are patrolling, they have to watch the beat very closely. They have to make sure
at.
that the beat is safe enough for the people to live and work. They may arrest
au.
people who commit crime such as stealing, robbing, or selling drugs. Besides
av.
that they may also settle arguments, control the traffic. Or settle college student
aw.
demonstrations.
ax.
ay.
az.
ba.
bb.
a. The job description of the police officers
b. The police station in most cities
c. The organization structures of the police stations
d. The variety of police stations
bc.
a. The important jobs of police officers in their beats
b. The beat of police officer must be safe
c. Kinds of crime in society
d. The beats of the police officers
bd.
52.From the text we know that ...

a. Each police officer is responsible for one beat
b. Police officers jobs is very important
c. There is one beat in most cities
d. Beat is an autonomy area for every police officer
be.
53.The police officers are responsible for some areas which we usually called
beats.
bf. The antonym of the underlined word is ...
a. In charge of
b. Bringing about
c. Watching for
d. Taking care
bg.
54.The police officers usually patrols it by riding a motorcycle, ...
bh. The word it refers to ...
a. The beat
b. The areas
c. Police station
d. Patrol
bi.
bj.
bk.
bl.
bm.
bn.
bo.
bp.
bq.
br.
bs.
bt. A hurricane is an intense, rotating oceanic weather system that has
bu.
maximum continued winds exceeding 119 km/hr (74 mph). It forms and
bv.
intensifies over tropical oceanic regions.
bw.Hurricanes are generally smaller than storms in mid-latitudes, typically
bx.
about 500 km (311 miles) in diameter. At the oceans surface, the air spirals
by.
inward in a counterclockwise direction. This cyclonic circulation becomes
bz.
weaker with height, eventually turning into clockwise (anti cyclonic) outflow
ca.
near the top of the storm. When a hurricane hits land, it can do great damage
cb.
through is strong winds, heavy rains, inland flooding, and huge waves. A
cc.
powerful hurricane can kill more people and destroy more property than any
cd.
other natural disaster.
ce. Hurricanes are categorized according to the strength of their winds. It is
cf.
measured by using the Saffir-Simpson Hurricane Scale. A category 1 storm
cg.
has the lowest wind speeds, while a category 5 hurricane has the strongest.
ch.
These are relative terms, because lower category storms can sometimes cause
ci.
greater damage than higher category storms, depending on where they strike
cj.
and the particular dangers they bring. In fact, tropical storms can also
produce significant damage and loss of life, mainly due to flooding.
ck.
cl.
cm.
cn.
co.
cp.
cq.
cr.
55.The passage is about ...
a. The oceans surface
b. The hurricane
c. The categorized of hurricane
d. Oceanic weather system
cs.
56.What is the main idea of the third paragraph?
a. The scale of hurricane
b. The tropical storms
c. The categorized of hurricane
d. The speed of the wind
ct.
57.Which of the following is true?
a. In general, hurricanes are bigger than storms in mid-latitudes
b. The categorized of hurricanes determined by the oceans surface
c. Saffir-Simpson hurricane scale used to measure the strong of the
wind
d. Category 5 storm has the lowest wind speeds
cu.
cv.
cw.
cx.
58.A powerful hurricane can kill more people and destroy more property ...
cy. The underlined word is the closest meaning to
a. Undertake
b. Create
c. Waste
d. Make
cz.
One of the most interesting places to visit in Singapore is the bird
da.
park. It is located in the industrial area of Singapore, called Jurong.
db.
The bird park is about twelve kilometers from the centre of the city.
dc.
And its easy to get there by bus or by taxi.
dd.
It is one of the largest birds park in the world. The birds are kept
de.
in large cages, and there are hundreds of beautiful birds from many
df.
different parts of the world, including penguins, parrots, eagles, and
dg.
ostriches. There is a large park in the park, with a restaurant beside it,
dh.
and there is also a very large cage which you can walk inside to get
di.
closer looking at the birds.
dj.
It takes about two hours to see all the birds. You can walk around
the park or ride on the bus. The best time to visit the park in the early
morning or late afternoon when it is cooler. 246 | ENGLISH ESSENTIAL
dk.
dl.
dm.
dn.
do.
59.What is the best title for the text above?
a. The birds park in Singapore
b. Kinds of birds in Singapore
c. Singapore
d. Interesting places in Singapore
dp.
60.How many ways to go to the birds park?
a. 5
b. 4
c. 3
d. 2
dq.
61.If you visit the birds park at 10.15 am, what time will you finish to see all
the birds?
a. 11.15 am
b. 10.45 am
c. 12.15 pm
d. 11.30 am
dr.
ds.
dt.
du.
dv.
dw.
dx. Seals, sea lions and walruses live both on land and in the sea. When
on dry land or on ice, they are very clumsy in their movements. But in
dy.
the water, they swim gracefully. They are leave the water for land or ice
dz.
fields to give birth to their young.
ea.
eb. The dolphins and the sea cows are sea mammals. Dolphins and
porpoises look alike but usually the dolphins are larger. These animals
ec.
are mainly fish eaters. Experiments show that dolphins are intelligent
ed.
and can communicate with each other. They can be trained to perform
ee.
various kinds of tricks and acts.
ef.
eg. The highly intelligent killer whale belongs to the dolphin family.
Despite of its scary name, it has never been heard to attack humans.
eh.
ei.
ej.
ek.
62.What is the main idea of paragraph3?
a. Killer whales do not move gracefully
b. Killer whales can communicate with each other
c. Killer whales swim faster than dolphins

d. Killer whales never attack humans
el.
63.When on in their movements. (Paragraph 1)
em. What does the underlined word refers to?
a. Whales and porpoises
b. Sea mammals and walruses
c. Seals, sea lions, and walruses
d. Dolphins and sea cows
en.
64.The text mainly tells us about ...
a. Behavior of sea mammals
b. Attitudes of sea mammals
c. Different kinds of sea mammals
d. Different sizes of sea mammals
eo.
65.Why are the dolphins considered to be intelligent sea mammals?
a. Because they can be trained to perform tricks and acts
b. Because they go to land to give birth
c. Because they are fish eaters
d. Because they never attack humans
ep.
eq.
er.
es.
et.
eu. Chimpanzees are humans closes relatives compared to any other apes. They
like to stay on the ground, but they climb among trees. Their hands and feet can
ev.
easily grab branches and objects because termites, ants and never refuse of sweet
ew.
fruits and nuts. Chimpanzees communicate with each other using a wide variety of
ex.
sound.
ey.
ez.
fa.
66.What is the favorite place for chimpanzees to stay?
a. On branches
b. Among trees
c. On a certain object
d. On the ground
fb.
67.The following are chimpanzees food, except ...
a. Little insect
b. Small mammals
c. Nuts
d. Sweet fruits
fc.
68.Which does the text tell us about?
a. Chimpanzees physical appearances
b. Chimpanzees habitats
c. Chimpanzees habit

d. The diet of chimpanzees
fd.
69.Chimpanzees are humans closest relatives compared to any other apes
fe. What does the word relative mean?
a. A thing that belong to the same group as something else
b. The process of comparing two or more people
c. The position of somebody or something on an organization
d. The way people behave in a certain group
ff.
fg.
fh.
fi.
fj.
fk.
fl.
fm.
fn.
fo.
fp.
fq.
fr. Jellyfish are not really fish. They are invertebrate animals. This means
fs. unlike fish or people, they have no backbones. In fact. They have no
that
ft. at all.
bones
fu. Jellyfish have stomachs and mouths, but no heads. They have nervous
fv.
systems for sensing the world around them, but no brains. They are made
fw.
almost entirely of water, which is why you can look through them.
fx. Some jellyfish can glow in darkness by making their own light. The
fy. is made by a chemical reaction inside the jellyfish glow for several
light
fz.
reasons, for example, they may glow to scare away predators or to attract
ga.
animals they like to eat.
gb. Most jellyfish live in salt water, apart from a few types that live in
gc. water. Jellyfish are found in oceans and seas all over the world. They live
fresh
ingd.
warm, tropical seas and in ice waters near the north and south poles.
ge.
gf.
gg.
gh.
gi.
70.Which one creates jellyfishs light?
a. Chemical reaction
b. Nervous system
c. Salt water
d. White blood
gj.
71.Which one is true about jellyfish based on the text?
a. They cant live in fresh water
b. Their brains help them find the food

c. They belong to invertebrate animals
d. They have heads like other animals
gk.
a. Kinds of all fish
b. Jellyfish
c. All invertebrate animals
d. Some kinds of sea animals
gl.
73.Some jellyfish can glow in darkness by making their own light.
(Paragraph 3)
gm. The word glow in the sentences means ...
a. Procedure
b. Move
c. Shine
d. Appear
gn.
go.
gp. The platypus is an Australian animal. It belongs to a
gq. small group of animal, the monotremes. There is no other
very
gr.
animals in the world with the characteristic of the platypus.
gs. The platypus has a small face with a flat, wide, rubbery
gt.
duckbill. It has thick dense fur which is waterproof. It also has
gu. stong legs with sharp claws. The male platypus has one,
short
gv. sharp fur which is poisonous. The platypus has a long flat
very
gw.
tail.
gx. The platypus swims in the creek and burrows in the mud
ofgy.
the creek bank. Is uses its tail for swimming and for
gz.
flattening the mud in its burrow. The platypus eats small
ha.
creatures which live in the water and the mud. The platypus
hb.eggs but it feeds its young on milk.
lays
hc.
hd.
he.
74.How are the platypuss claw?
a. Sharp
b. Thick
c. Short
d. Small
hf.
75.Why does the platypus belong to the monotremes? Because ...
a. It is from Austalia
b. It has water proof skin
c. It is very different from other animal
d. It is very small animal.
hg.
hh.

hi.
hj.

hk.
hl.
Narrative is a story. Mostly narrative are imaginary stories but sometimes
narrative can be factual too. Narrative includes: fairy stories fables, mystery
stories, science fiction any romance, horror, etc.
The purpose of narrative is to entertain the readers or to amuse the readers
Generic structure :
Orientation
hm. A set of characters, a plot
Complication
hn. Problems arise
Resolution
ho. Solution of problems
Re-orientation
hp. A closing remark, optional
Language features :
Mostly use verbs in past forms
Use some adverbs to indicate time (long time a go, once upon a
time, etc)
Use some relating verbs (was, were) to begin the story
A narrative text usually has moral value. The moral value of the story can
be found by concluding that story
hq.
hr. Queen of Arabia and Three Sheiks

hs. Maura, who liked to be thought of as the most beautiful and
powerful queen of Arabia had many suitors. One by one she discarded
them, until her list was reduced to just three sheiks. The three sheiks
were all equally young and handsome. They were also rich and strong. It
was very hard to decide who would be the best of them.
ht. One evening, Maura disguised herself and went to the
camp of the three sheiks. As they were about to have dinner, Maura
asked them for something to eat. The first gave her some leftover food.
The second sheik gave her some unappetizing camels tail. The third
sheik, who was called Hakim, offered he some of the most tender and
tasty meat. After dinner, the disguised queen left the sheiks camp.
hu. The following day, the queen invited the three sheiks to
dinner at her place. She ordered her servant to give each one exactly
what they had given her the evening before. Hakim, who received a
plate of delicious meat, refused to eat it if the other sheiks not share it
with him.

hv. This sheik Hakims act finally convinced Queen Maura that he was
the man for her. Without question, Hakim is the most generous of you
she announced her choice to the sheiks. So it is Hakim, I will marry
hw.
hx.
1. Who is Maura?
a. Maura is a queen of Arabia

b. The first sheik
c. The second sheik
d. The third sheik
2. With whom Maura will marry?
a. Hakim c. The third sheik

b. The second sheik d. The writer
3. Maura is a queen of Arabia that

a. The most beautiful and powerful queen of Arabia
b. The ugly queen ever
c. The best queen ever
d. The biggest queen ever
e.
4. Who is Hakim?
a. A sheik c. The writer

b. A queen of Arabia d. The one of three sheiks
e.
f.
g. The Smartest Parrot
h. Once upon a time, a man had a wonderful parrot. There was no
other parrot like it. The parrot could say every word, except one word. The
parrot would not say the name of place where it is was born. The name of the
place was Catano.
i. The man felt excited having the smartest parrot but he could not
understand why the parrot would not say Catano. The man tried to teach the
bird to say Catano but the bird still would not say the word.
j. At first, the man was very nice to the bird but then he got angry
You stupid bird! pointed the man to the parrot. Why cant you say the word?
Say Catano. Or I will kill you the man said angrily. Although he tried hard to
teach, the parrot would not say it. Then the man got so angry and shouted to
the bird over and over; Say Catano or Ill kill you. However, the bird still
refused to say the word of Catano.
k. One day after he had been trying so many times to make the bird
say Catano, the man really got very angry. He could not bear it he picked the
parrot and threw into the chicken coop, where there were four old chickens for
the next dinner. You are as stupid as chickens. Just stay with them said the
man angrily. Then he continued to mumble; You know, I will cut the chickens
for my meal. Next it will be your return, I will eat you too, stupid parrot. After
that he left the chicken coop.

l. The next day, the man came back to the chicken coop. He opened the
door and was very surprised. He could not believe what he saw at the chicken
coop. There were three dead chickens on the floor. At the moment, the parrot
was standing proudly and screaming at the last old chicken; Say Catano or Ill
kill you.
m.
5. What word that the parrot cant say?
a. Chicken c. Bird
b. Catano d. Parrot
e.
f.
6. How many chickens in the text above?
a. One
b. Two
c. Three
d. Four
7. What is the ending of the story?
a. The parrot die

b. The parrot can say Catano
c. The parrot kill her self
d. The man kill the parrot
8.
9. Why the man angry with the parrot? (in paragraph 3)

a. Because he just have 4 old chicken
b. Because he cant teach the parrot well
c. Because he kill 1 chicken
d. Because the parrot cant say Catano
10.
11. Well, one day the Wind and the Sun were disputing which
was the stronger. Suddenly, they saw a traveler coming down the road
12. The Sun : I see a way to decide our dispute. Whichever of us
can cause that traveler to take off his cloak shall be regarded as
the stronger
13.The Wind : Would you mind not talking so loudly?
14.The Sun : Sorry, okay. You begin. I will retire behind a cloud
15.The Wind : I will blow as hard as I could . . . Ill be the winner
16.The Sun : Okay, good luck
17. The Wind : Zzzzzzzzzzzzz, Im so tired. What happens with me?
I shouldnt give up. I have to blow harder . . . zzzzzzzzzzzzz
18.But the harder he blew the more closely did the traveler wrap his cloak
round him, till at last the Wind had to give up in despair. Then the sun came
out and shone in all his glory upon the traveler, who soon found it to hot to
walk with his cloak on. Thats the end of the story.

19.
20.The text tell you about the wind, the sun and . . .
a. The cloud
b. The glory
c. The cloak
d. The traveler
e.
21.Why were the wind and the sun disputing? to know which one . . .
a. Was a stronger
b. Could talk loudly
c. Would be the harder
d. Could blow harder
22.What is the moral valve that you can tread from the story?
a. Strength is not always the winner

b. Everything can be solved by power
c. Stringent always becomes the best
d. Darkness can be replace
e.
f. Once upon a time, here were two butterflies, Tery and Roni.
They are friends. Tery and Roni had the same crown.
g. One day, Kodi a frog, saw Tery and Roni quarreling
h. You took it! said Roni.
i. No, I did not! said Teri.
j. Hey, whats the matter? asked Kodi
k. Tery stole my crown! said Roni
l. No, I didnt said Tery
m. Yesterday, I still had my crown when she came to visit me said Roni
n. Today, I can not find the crown! Look! She is wearing it Roni
shouted
o. My mom gave me this crown Tery explained
p. Kodi suggested they all go to Ronis house
q. Where did you put it? said Kodi to Roni
r. I put it in the table Roni answered
s. They didnt find the crown
t. Maybe it fell down Kodi looked under the table. Nothing was there
u. It was my favorite crown Roni sobbed
v. I didnt steal yours, but if you like it so much, you can have mine
Tery gave Roni the crown
w. Its here! Kodi saw the crown behind the curtain
x. Roni stop crying, Thanks God, Kodi found it
y. Sorry Tery, I accused you. Im a terrible friend!
Its OK said Tery. Lets say thanks to Kodi!
z.
23.Where did Kodi find the crown?

a. Under the table c. Behind the curtain
b. On the table d. In the house
24.I put it on the table (line 13)

e. What does the underline word means?
a. The crown c. The table

b. The house d. The curtain
e.
25.From story we can learn that . . .
a. Trusting each other I very important
b. The goodness is always the winner
c. A wise friend can be trusted
d. We should not accuse of other without proof
f.
g.
h.
i. The Lamb and the Wolf
j.
k. One day the Wolf was slaking his thirst at a stream when he changed
to see a Lamb, also drinking, at some distance down the stream.
l. Outraged, he glowed, you are muddying my drinking water, now I
shall eat you The lamp protested
m. But, sir, how can I be muddying your drinking water? I am farther
down stream than you are. The water is following from your part of the stream
to where I am.
n. upstream or out stream, your drinking is muddying my water,
and I shall eat you so saying, the Wolf leaped upon the Lamb and
devoured him.
o.
26.Where did the story happen?
a. On the river c. On the jungle

b. On the forest d. At the zoo
27.The following fact made the Wolf get angry with the Lamb, except . . .
a. The Lamb muddied the water
b. The Wolf wanted to eat the Lamb
c. The Lamb drink at the sane stream
d. The Lamb protested him
e.
28.We can learn from the story that . . .
a. Never drink the river water
b. Never clean our body on the stream
c. The bad always beat the good
d. The strong will always rule that

f. Ali Baba a poor wood cutter was a gathering wood in the forest when a
band of thieves approached. He did to watch them enter a cave that opened
when they said the word, open sesame. After they departed, Ali Baba stood
before the cave and gave the command. To hush surprised the cave opened to
reveal an enormous supply of gold and treasures. Ali Baba packed some of the
gold on his donkeys and return home. When his brother, Qasim, a rich but
hardhearted merchant, discovered Ali Babas as much treasure as he can, but
forgot the formula for leaving the cave. He was found and killed, and the
thieves soon traced him to Ali Baba. They planed to kill him too, but Ali Babas
slaves, Murganah, discover and foiled their scheme. In gratitude, Ali Baba freed
Murganah and married her.
g.
a. Ali Baba and his wife c. Ali Baba and the

b. The story of Ali Baba merchants
d. Ali Babas friend
30.The thieves traced Qasim to Ali Baba because . . .

a. Ali Baba married Murganah
b. Qasim was able to kill the thieves
c. Qasim could not come out of the cave
d. The thieves discover and foiled the scheme
e.
31.What is the moral value of the text?
a. Working hard is very important
b. We should obey the bad peoples rule
c. It is not easy to be a rich and kind man
d. We should not be a greedy and hardheaded man
f.
32. . . . Murganah, discover and foiled their scheme.
g. The underlined word means . . . of work
a. Plan c. Rule
b. Part d. Point
e. f.
g. The Fox and The Crow
h. Once upon a time, there lived an old lady crow that was mean and ugly.
One day, Miss Crow had stolen a big piece of cheese. And then, she flew on to
a branch to enjoy it. On the other place, under the tree, sly creature, Mr. Fox,
who wanted the cheese for himself, came up and spoke politely to her. Oh
Miss Crow, how beautiful you are! What a lovely beak, what lovely feathers you
have! What pretty eyes! If only you could sing, you would be the most beautiful
bird in the word! Very pleased to hear all of this about her, Miss Crow gave a
loud croak to show that she could sing. Of course, the moment she opened her
beak, the cheese fell down, and Mr. Fox run away with it laughing loudly.
i.
33.How did Mr. Fox get the cheese?
a. Mr. Fox got the cheese from Miss Crow rudely

b. Miss Crow gave him the cheese
c. Mr. Fox taken the cheese from the branch
d. The cheese fell down when Miss Crow croak loudly
j.
34.. . . What lovely tear hers you have!
k. The word you refer to . . .
a. Mr. Crow c. Mr. Fox

b. Miss. Crow d. Miss. Fox
e.
35.The text of The Fox and The Crow tell us about . . .
a. We should believe the persuasion
b. We may believe the persuasion
c. We shouldnt believe the persuasion
d. We must believe the persuasion
f.
36.From the text of the Fox and the Crow we know that . . .
a. The Fox is ugly
b. The Crow is very pleasant
c. The Crow is very kind
d. The Fox is clever
g.
h.
i. A Wolf and a Crane

j. A wolf was one day was eating his dinner. He was greedy. He ate
so quickly that the bone stuck in his throat. He had tried hard to get it out, but
all was in vain. Then he went to the crane and said good morning crane?
k. what help do you want of me? asked the crane
l. I have a bone stuck in my throat. You have a long bill, and so you
can draw it out said the wolf. if you do that for me, I will give you a
reward
m. let me try, said the crane, it is not difficult for me to do so
n. The wolf opened his mouth wide. The crane put her bill in and drew
out the bone.
o. now, will you give me your reward, please? the crane asked the
wolf
p. reward? said the wolf dont talk about that. You should be thankful
to me. Although you put head into my mouth, I did bite it off. What
more do you want?
q.
37.Why did the wolf go to the crane?
a. To give the crane a reward
b. To help the crane
c. To bite the crane off
d. To draw the bone in his throat
r.
38.I have a bone stuck in my throat.
s. The word I refer to . . .

a. The writer c. The wolf
b. The reader d. The crane
e. f.
39.What can we learn from the story?
a. Dont make a public lie
b. Dont be easy to trust someone
c. Dont imitate ones bad manner
d. Dont cheat ones chance
g.
40.What is the treatment of a wolf to crane?
a. Friendly c. Polite
b. Good d. Cruel
e.
f. One day Turtle stopped to rest at the house of Anansi, the spider.
Turtle was tired and hungry. It was dinner time, but Anansi didnt want to share
his food. Anansi saw that the Turtle had dirty feet, so he sent him to the lake to
wash before dinner. Anansi then ate all the food. When Turtle return, there was
no food left for him. Turtle was hungry as se left. But he invited Anansi to visit
him some day. Months later, Anansi came to see Turtle. Turtle invited Anansi to
dinner. He then went to his underwater home to make the meal. Anansi put
rocks in his coat to make himself heavier. He jumped into the water and swam
down to Turtles house. Turtle ask Anansi to take off his coat, he floated up to
the top of lake. Turtle smiled and ate all the food.
g.
a. The story of spider and turtle
b. The story of best friend
c. Turtles greed
d. Anansis kindness
h.
42.Why did Anansi ask the turtle to the lake?
a. To clean his dirty feet
b. To get some water to drink
c. To wash his clothes
d. To get fish and cooked it
i.
43.What can we get from the story?
a. We should be greedy
b. We should share something with the others who need it
c. We should be revengeful
d. We have to be clean to ask something
j. Once upon a time, a farmer had three sons. The farmer was rich and had
many fields. Then the farmer was dying, he called his three sons to him. I
have left you treasure which will make you rich , he told them. but you must
dig in all our fields to find the place where the treasure was buried . After the
old man died, his three lazy sons went out into the fields. They began to dig,
Ill dig the first to find the place where the treasure was buried , cried the

eldest one. thats the field where our father put the treasure , said another
son. The three sons dug all the fields for several years, but they found no
treasure. However, many plants grew in the fields because the sons had dug.
The vegetable made them very rich.
k.
a. The dying rich farmer and his three lazy son
b. The rich farmer and his fat wife
c. The three lazy pig
d. The treasure hunter
l.
45.What did the farmers sons find in the field?
a. Gold
b. Lost of money
c. Treasure map
d. Nothing
46.What was the true treasure left by the farmer?

a. The will of digging the land
b. The money at bank
c. The vegetable in the storage room
d. The car
e.
f. One day while a mouse deer was walking in the forest, he saw a
big, a black snake sleeping under the tree. When he saw the snake, the mouse
deer was frightened. When he wanted to run away from the snake, he suddenly
feels on top of tiger which was sleeping not far from the snake. The tiger woke
up and took hold of mouse deer. He told the mouse deer that he was going to
eat him for lunch. Please dont eat me now said the mouse deer. I have
something important to do.
g. Look said the mouse deer. that is the kings belt. He asked me
to stay here and watch it while he was away in the forest. The tiger
looked at the snake and said, that is a beautiful belt. I need a belt
like that. Can I wear it? he asked the mouse deer.
h. Oh, all right said the mouse deer. So he picked up the snake and
winded it around the tiger. Then the snake woke up and saw the tiger.
The snake twisted his it self tighter and tighter until the tiger couldnt
breathe. The tiger asked the mouse deer to help him. But the mouse
deer turned and ran away into the forest.
i.
47.Where was the tiger sleeping?
a. In the middle of the forest
b. Next to the mouse deers house
c. Near the black snake sleeping under the tree
d. Far away from the place where the mouse deer fell
j.
48.Why did the mouse deer trick the tiger by saying that the snake was a
kings belt?

a. The mouse deer liked to trick another animals
b. The mouse deer was a clever animal
c. The tiger wanted to eat him
d. The tiger wanted to wear it
49.After reading this story, we can learn that?
a. We have to believe like the mouse deer
b. We have to find a way to save our self from danger
c. Sleeping black snake was a dangerous animal
d. We have to be careful with the mouse deer
k. For questions 39 to 41 choose the suitable word to complete the text

below
l.
m. The Hounds other Underworld
n. One night a thief was a returning home from a robbery. It was a
(39) night because it was very late. Nothing could be heard but the
sounds of small creatures. He met (40) along the road. All the
people had had a deep sleep.
o. Suddenly he heard the low bark of a dog coming from the sky. He
heard another and another, louder and nearer. He felt very scared
(41) he saw same dogs and a huntsman with a black face and horn
behind them coming nearer.
p.
50.a. crowded
q. b. busy
r. c. very busy
s. d. very quiet
t.
51.a. everybody
u. b. some people
v. c. no body
w. d. somebody
52.a. when
x. b. although
y. c. but
z. d. however
aa.
ab. A shepherd took his sheep out the pasture, but when it was time
to return to the sheep pen, he found that some wild goats had
become mixed up with his flock. Nonetheless he was very pleased
that the flock had grown by it self, and he closed the goats into the
pen along with the sheep.
ac. The next day was rainy and the shepherd decided not to go out.
He gave his sheep only a small handful of food, while he gave much
bigger rations to the goats. He thought that if he treated them well,
they would stay with him. In spite of this, as soon shepherd opened
the gate, the goats ran out and he was unable to catch them again.

ad. Ungrateful beats shouted the shepherd after them I treated
you better than other!
ae. Thats why were going, answered one of the goats. if you
prefer us new animal to your sheep, how will you treat us if you find
some more animals in your flock?
af. So do not to happy if someone shows you that they prefer you to
their old friends you to will soon be an old friends and cold be
replaced just as easily.
ag.
53.The text tell you about a shepherd, his sheep and ...
a. The pasture
b. Wild goats
c. His friends
d. All beats
54.Why was the shepherd happy one day?

a. He found some wild goats among his sheep
b. He could close his sheep in the pen well
c. His lost goat returned in good condition
d. There was a pasture for his hungry sheep
e.
55.Which is the moral value you can learn from the story
a. Never ever trust
b. Dont threat your friend as enemy
c. There are not good things on the old one
d. Dont forget the old friends if you get the new one
f.
g. The Wolf and The Goat
h. A wolf saw a goat grazing at the edge of a high cliff. The wolf
smacked his lips at the thought of a fine goat dinner.
i. My dear friend, said the wolf in his sweetest voice, arent you
afraid you will down from that cliff? Come down here and graze
beside me on safe, level ground
j. No, thank you said the goat
k. Well then, said the wolf, arent you, cold up there in the wind?
You would be warmer grazing down here beside me in this sheltered
area.
l. No, thank you, said the goat.
m. But the grass taste better down here! said the exasperated wolf,
Why dine alone?
n. My dear wolf, the goat finally said, Are you quite sure that it is
my dinner you are worrying about and not your own?
o.
56.What did the wolf ask when he saw the goat grazing at edge of a high cliff?
a. To be his friend
b. To graze on the level ground
c. To climb up higher
d. To be his dinner
p.

57. arent you cold up there in the wind?
q. The word there refer to
a. A high cliff
b. A sheltered area
c. Grass
d. Ground
58.What we can learn from the story above?

a. Dont look down the others creatures
b. Dont easily believe in well behaved creatures
c. Dont judge others by their appearance
d. Dont easily beat other creatures
r.
59.From the story we know
a. The goat was very hungry
b. The wolf was a helpful animal
c. The wolf was eager to eat the goat
d. The goat was going to fight with the wolf
s.
t. Once upon a time, Sunan Kalijaga Sunan Muria in Pati, Central
Java. He asked his friends Ki Rangga to go with him. Several servants also
joined them to carry their luggage. And they began walking to Sunan Murias
house.
u. Several house later Ki Rangga felt tired. He was embarrassed to
walk together with Sunan Kalijaga because Sunan Kalijaga did not look tired
while Ki Rangga was very tired and thirsty. Finally, Sunan Kalijaga asked Ki
Rangga to take rest under a big tree. It was time for the Dzuhur prayer. But
there was no water around to clean up or wudu Ki Rangga was confused. He
told Sunan Kalijaga about it. Sunan Kalijaga only smiled and said we should
pray for Allah SWT. Dont act alone. You must inform me when water comes
out. I will be behind that hill. Ki Rangga promised Sunan Kalijaga to inform him
when water comes out. So Sunan Kalijaga went behind the hill. Ki Rangga with
his servants set under the big three. They quickly fell a sleep. Suddenly water
came out of the big tree. Ki Rangga and his servants became wet. They woke
up. They were very happy to see water. Ki Rangga forgot Sunan Kalijagas
message to inform him when the water came out.
v. Behind the hill, Sunan Kalijaga was worried. So he went to the big
tree. He was surprised to see Ki Rangga and his servants were playing in the
water you forgot my message to inform me when the water comes out.
Instead you are playing in the water like a turtle said Sunan Kalijaga, softly. A
miracle happened. Ki Rangga and is servants turned into turtles. Ki Rangga was
sad. He had changed into turtle because he did not keep his promise. The
water formed a pond. It is now called Sendang Sani in pati central java. Many
people still visit Sendang Sani now.
w.
60.Where was Sunan Kalijaga when the water come out?
a. Under a big tree c. Sunan Murias house

b. In Pati, Central Java d. Behind the hill

e. f.
61.Why did Ki Rangga and his servants become turtle?
a. Because they disobeyed Sunan Kalijagas message
b. Because they love playing in the water
c. Because they forgot to go to big tree
d. Because they promised to keep their secrets
g.
62. the water formed a pond
h. The underline word means
a. Turned into c. Brought about

b. Took away d. Looked after
63.What can we learn from the story above?

a. Dont be so happy playing in water
b. Obey the old peoples rules
c. Dont break your promise
d. Keep your self happy in bad situations
e.
f. One day a man stopped at a flower shop to order some flowers.
He wanted to send it to his mother who life far in another town through a
delivery company. Meanwhile he was looking at sad young girl who was sitting
in front of flower shop. He asked her what was wrong and she replied I wanted
to buy a red rose for my mother but my money not enough . The man smiled
and said come on in with me Ill buy you a rose . He bought the little girl a
rose and he ordered for his own mother flowers too,
g.
h. After buying a rose flower for the girl, the man offered the girl a
ride to her home. She said, Yes, please! You can take me to my mother. She
directed him to a cemetery. The girl placed the rose on her mothers fresh
grave. Knowing the girls mother had died the man realized that he must show
his love to his mother while she was still alive. Then the man returned to the
flower shop. He cancelled the flower delivery order picked up the rose flower
and drove to reach his mothers house.
i.
64.We can learn that we have to
a. Show our loves to our mother
b. Buy flowers for our mothers
c. Keep our mother alive
d. Obey to our mother
j.
65.What did the man do after buying the girl a red rose?
a. He gave her a ride to her home
b. He took the girl to her mothers cemetery
c. He went to his own house
d. He place the rose on his mothers grave
k.
66.The main idea of the first paragraph is
a. A sad girl was thinking of her mother
b. A man helped a girl buying her a flower

c. A girl needed a man to deliver her a flower
d. A man bought a flower for a girl
l.
m. A long time ago, there lived an old man in the Penanggungan

Mountain. Name was kiai gede pananggugan. He had supernatural
power. Kiai Gede Penanggungan had a beautiful daughter. Named
dewi walangangin who has not married yet. Kiai Gede Penaggungan
prayed days and nights for her doughter to have a husband. One day,
a young handsome man Jaka Pandelengan. He wanted to be Kiai
Gede Penanggungans student. Jaka Pandelengan and dewi
walangangin soon get married. Kiai Gede Penanggungan thought
Jaka many things.
n. After several years, now it was time for the couple to live
separately from Kiai Gede Penaggungan. They would move to
another village. Kiai gede gave some seeds of Pari or paddy to the
couple. He asked the couple to plant the seeds. He also warned the
couple not to be arrogant when they were rich. He wanted the couple
to help poor people. The couple started new life. They planted to
seed. Soon, the seed grew and became very rich. The poor neighbors
came to the couple to ask for some Pari seeds but the couple refused
to help them.
o. Kiai gede hears about the couple bad behavior. Soon he visited
the couple. He met them when the couple was working on the field.
Kiai gede talked to the couple. He reminded the couple not to be
arrogant, but he couple ignored him. They said nothing to kiai gede.
Kiai gede got very angry. Then he said you two are like temples. You
dont listen to me. Right after he said those words, an incredible
thing happened. Slowly, Jaka and dewi turned into temples. Because
the temples stood among the Pari, people the named them as Pair
temple.
p.
67.What did Jaka Pandelengan and his wife do to be rich?
a. Helped poor people c. Planted pari seeds

b. Had a great power d. Built a temple
68.The couple becomes temple because
a. They were rich c. Kiai Gede liked them

b. Kiai Gede said so d. They were good people
69. an incredible thing happened

e. The underlined word means
a. Untouchable
b. Unbelievable
c. Common
d. Usual
70.What can we learn from the story

a. We should live separately from our parents
b. We have to listen to our parents advice
c. We have to prepare a good paddy field
d. We should refuse other peoples help
e.
f. The Lake Toba
g. Once, a fisherman named Batara guru Sahala lived in the Batak
land. One day, he cught a fish. He was surprised to find that the fish could talk.
It begged Sahala to set it free. He did it accordingly.
h. As soon as the fish was free, it changed into a woman. She was so
beautiful that Sahala feel in love at once. He asked her to marry him. The
woman agreed to marry Sahala. However, she told him that he must never let
out the secret that she was once a fish.
i. They were happily married and had two daughters. Every morning
Sahala went out fishing. One day, his daughters brought him his lunch.
However, instead of bringing the food to their father, the two girls ate it. When
Sahala knew what they had done with the meal, he got very angry. He shouted
at the saying, you behaved exactly like the daughters of the fish!
j. They did not know what their father meant. They went home and
asked their mother about it. The mother was very upset. Although Sahala
apologized to her, she would not forgive him for breaking his promise.
k. Then the earth began to shake, and the volcano started to erupt.
The earth cracked and formed a big hole. It is said that the hole became the
Toba Lake.
l.
71.What is Batara Guru Sahala?
a. A sailor
b. A tailor
c. A farmer
d. A fisherman
72.What is the story about?

a. How the volcano erupted
b. How a fisherman caught fish
c. How the lake Toba was created
d. How the fish changed into a beautiful girl
e.
73.From the text we can learn that
a. Never keep secret
b. Dont break your promise
c. Never angry to your children
d. Dont eat your fathers lunch
f.
74.What is the story about?
a. The legend of Toba Lake e.

b. The myth of Toba Lake f.
c. The story of Batara Guru g.
d. A happy couple

75. one day, he caught a fish
h. What does the underlined word refer to
a. A handsome man
b. People in that village
c. Batara Guru
d. Batara Gurus children
76.What happened when Batara Gurus wife got angry
a. She hit her children d. She ran from home

b. The Earth began to shake
c. She hit Batara Guru e.
f.
77.Who makes Batara Guru angry?
a. Her daughter c. Batara Guru Sahala

b. His daughter d. Batara Guru wife
e.
f.
g. Mouse Deer and Crocodile
h. One day, Mouse Deer went down to the river. He wanted to take a
drink. But he knew Crocodile might be waiting underwater to eat him. Mouse
Deer had an idea, ha said aloud, I wonder if the waters warm. Ill put in my
leg and find out. But Mouse Deer didnt put in his leg. Instead, he picked up a
stick with his mouth and put in one end. Chomp! Crocodile grabbed the stick
and pulled it underwater. Mouse Deer laughed. Stupid Crocodile, dont you
know a stick from a leg and he ran off to drink somewhere else.
i. Another day, Mouse Deer went back to the river. All he saw there
was a floating log. But he knew Crocodile looked like a log when he floated.
Mouse Deer had an idea. He said loud, if that log is really Crocodile, I wont
talk. But if its really just a log, it will tell me.
j. A row voice said, Im really just a log.
k. Mouse Deer laughed, Stupid Crocodile! Do you think a log can
talk? . And off he ran again
l. Another day, Mouse Deer wanted to cross the river. He wanted to
eat tasty fruit, roots and shoots on the other side. But he didnt want Crocodile
to eat him first! Mouse Deer had an idea. He called out, Crocodile!
m. Crocodile rose from the water. Hello Mouse Deer. Have you come
to be my breakfast?
n. Not today, Crocodile. I have orders from the king. He wants me
to count all the Crocodiles.
o. The king! said Crocodile. Tell us what to do.
you must line up from this side of the river to the other side .
p. Crocodile got all his friends and family. They lined up across the
river.
q. Mouse Deer jumped onto Crocodiles back. One. He jumped into
the next Crocodile. Two. And the next. Three. Mouse Deer kept jumping
until he jumped off on the other side of the river.

r. How many are there? called the Crocodile. Just enough! said
Mouse Deer. And all are stupid! then he went off singing is song.
s.
78.What trick did the Mouse Deer use to escape from the Crocodile?
a. Counting the crocodile from the bank of the river to the another
b. Asking the crocodiles to get march along the river
c. Giving psychology advice
d. Having debate with the Crocodiles
t.
79.Why did the Mouse Deer want to cross the river?
a. He wanted to count the Crocodile
b. He wanted to eat tasty fruit and roots
c. He wanted to visit the King
d. He wanted to take a look at the other side or the river
u.
80. all the saw there was a floating log
v. What is the synonym of the underlined word?
a. Plastic
b. Wood
c. Forest
d. Trash
a.
81.What we can learn from the story?
a. We should be careful in life c. We should be honest in life

b. We should be smart in live d. We should be polite in life
e.
82.Who is the figure in the story above?
a. Mouse deer d. Mouse deer and

b. Crocodile crocodile
c. Log
e.
f. One day, a young wonderer got lost in a wood. Suddenly he
saw a light from an old hut. He knocked on the door, and an old woman
opened it. She was crying. She said that the devil had stolen her magic
candle. The candle could grant anything she asked. The wonderer asked
her where the devil lived. In a castle not far from here, said old
woman.
g. The wonderer went to the castle. There he found the devil,
but he was old and weak. Therefore, then the wonderer grabbed the
magic candle from the devils table and ran away, the devil couldnt
chase him.
h. But the wonderer was nit a kind man. He didnt return the
candle to the old man, but kept it for him self. He lit the candle and
made a wish, I want to go too far away from here, suddenly genies
appeared and took him to a beautiful palace. There was a party in the

place. The wonderer wanted to make some money. So he lit the candle
again and wished for some jewelry. He sold them to the guest and was
soon making a lot of money. Then the Princess came to buy the jewelry,
but there was nothing left. The wonderer felt in love with her and ask her
to marry him. The kind Princess said yes, and they got married the next
day. In his happiness, the wonderer told the Princess about his adventure
and magic candle. Hearing that, the Princess got very angry. At night she
lit the candle and wised that the wonderer disappeared.
i. In the morning the wonderer awoke and fond him self back
in his ugly house in the village.
j.
83.The text is about
a. An old hut c. A magic candle

b. An old woman d. A young wonderer
e.
84.What is the main idea of the 2nd paragraph?
a. A young wonderer stole the lost magic candle
b. An old woman cried to her lost jewelry
c. A young wonderer got lost in a wood
d. An old woman lost her magic candle
f.
85.The princes got angry because
a. She knew that the wanderer didnt love her
b. She knew that the wanderer had a magic candle
c. She thought the wanderer was not rich
d. She realized that the wanderer was not a kind man
g.
86.Who is the figure in the story above?
a. Me d. Old woman, devil, a

b. You wonderer
c. We

e.

Latihan Soal Ujian Nasional Bahasa Inggris SMP

Transféré par

Informations du document

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Latihan Soal Ujian Nasional Bahasa Inggris SMP

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

[Type

Caution is warning or suggestion given to public about the danger or risk

ALL VISITORS MUST REGISTER AT OFFICE

1. Notice above means . . .

KEEP OFF THE GRASS

3. The following warning means that pedestrians should . . . the grass.

USE THE HAND DRYER

5. What does the notice above mean?

KEEP THE ROOM CLEAN

6. What does this notice mean?

7. What does the notice above mean?

KEEP CLEAN THE CLASSROOM

8. The sentences above mean . . . in the classroom.

SWITCH OFF ALL ELECTRONIC APPLIANCE WHEN YOU DONT

9. We will find such kind of instruction in the following places, EXCEPT . . .

IT IS ASHAMED TO COME LATE

11.What does the notice mean?

REDUCE SPEED NOW

12.We usually find this caution in . . .

KINDLY KEEP YOUR DOOR LOCKED ALL THE TIME

13.What does the text mean?

RESTRICTED AREA , KEEP AWAY

14.The caution means that we . . . the area

STORE IN A COOL PLACE

15.The caution can be found . . .

CAUTION! RISK OF ELECTRIC

16.What does the above caution mean?

17.From the text , we know that . . .

NEVER OPEN WHEN HOT

18.What does the text mean?

KINDLY KEEP YOUR DOOR LOCKED ALL THE TIME

19.What is the meaning of LOCKED?

HELP US CREATE A CLEAN AIR ENVIRONMENT , SMOKE ONLY AT

20.What does the notice above mean?

21.Where do you find the caution?

CAUTION!! SWITCH OFF THE ENGINES WHILE FELLING UP THE

22.Where do you usually find the notice above?

23.The text is usually found in a label of . . .

FOR EXTERNAL USE ONLY

24.What does the notice mean?

26.What does the world FLAMMABLE MEAN?

PLEASE KEEP CITY CLEAN! DONT DROP LITTER

27.What does the text mean?

KEEP US GROW WELL! DONT PICK ME OUT

28.Where do you usually find this text?

NO ENTRY! PRIVATE PROPERTY

29.According to the text, the area just for?

CAUTION! HOT SURFACE DONT TOUCH

30.The notice is usually found . . .

31.You find this notice on the door a lift in an apartment. It means. ..

WATCH OUT!! SLIPPERY ROAD

33.What does the zone in the caution above mean?

34.The notice above means . . .

35.What does the notice above mean . . .

37.The word organic has opposite meaning with . . .

38.What does the caution mean?

39.This notice means . . .

CAUTION! LIVE CHILDREN PLAYING

40.What does the caution above mean?

41.What should the visitors do according to the waning?

LIVE VEST UNDER YOUR SEAT

43.The notice above means . . .

NOTICE!! WATCH YOUR STEP

44.The notice means that people should . . . when they walk